Home

Nlynx ETU400 User's Manual

1. optional specifies the type of data translation to take place on the AS 400 file TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into an ASCII text format DIF the file is to be translated into a DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters NONE no translation of the file is to be performed the default optional is the translation table file on the AS 400 disk Translation file members ATOE1 and ATOE3 are provided on the AS 400 dist ribution diskette for translating from the ASCII See the EDITABLE and COMPIL information on creating new The default value is ATOE1 to the EBCDIC character set E procedures for more translation table files Mac Users Do not use the default xlat file value You must use the value ATOEIM xlat size optional is the number of records in the temporary record len input specs truncate spec lib work file used in the trans value is 1000 record le The defa optional is the AS 400 label2 is the name of the field de lation process The default ngth of the output file ult value is 128 finition member in operator library spec lib These a file input RPG specificat its fields This member is or
2. e File deletion Deletes a file on the source system after t is transferred to the target system e Savable request definitions Allows you to save and reuse requests you make with these commands e Batch transfers Allows you to submit a command to a job q processing in batch mode e Time and date scheduling Allows you to submit a job to ba schedule a time in the future when the job will be released processing The PCFROMPC and PCTOPC commands allow you to transfer files fr micro to another micro host and a micro This chapter describes features that allow advanced commands lity as on the sfera fields rams hat file the ueue for tch and for om one This chapter explains these functions and gives examples of situations in which you might use them For more information on the transferr ing and translating files with these commands see the FROM3XB and TO3XB commands in Chapter 5 The commands associated with the features in this chapter are d scribed in detail in Chapter 10 Command Reference ETU400 User Guide 011603 Multiple device Transfer Multiple device file transfer is a feature supported by all ETU power commands Using multiple device transfer you can e Transfer a single host file to multiple micros PWRFROM3XB e Transfer a file from multiple micros to the host PWRTO3XB e Transfer a single micro file to multiple micros PCT
3. r name partall member type r name PROC al name ALL LIBRARY ord len 1 file size remove ctl 1000 YES NO mat xlate file xlate size ETOA1 1000 xlate table xlate size CS 1000 e r 1 r 1 workstation file name member lib clib record len2 record lenl input specs The LIBRTOPC procedure transfers a AS 400 library member from the AS 400 to the worksta tion specified optionally translating the file into a workstation data format member name is the name or partial name of the library member s to be sent to the workstation partall optional if the member name is only a partial name enter ALL to have all members of the specified typ extracted from the library Leave this entry blank if the member name is complete member type optional is the type of the library member s to be extracted Specify PROC for procedures SOURCE for source members or LIBRARY for both source and procedure members The default value is SOURCE The LOAD and SUBR member types are not supported in the S 36 environment If you wish to transfer these member types from the host to a micro PGMFRM3XB or the S 36 environmen use the na t command tive command FROMLIBR to copy library members to a save file and then use the native command PWRFROM3XB to transfer th object type SAVF member lib op to tional extract th fil from the hos cified members The defa
4. With the PWRTO3XB command the file on the micro is deleted after it is transferred to the host To do this enter YES as the value for the DLTFILE parameter ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 19 Saving Request Definitions Some ETU commands allow you to save the definition of the current request The request definition is the completed or filled out list of parameters for the command you are running You can re use the saved definition later to run the same command The ETU commands that allow you to save request definitions are PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB FROM3XB and TO3XB These commands all contain a parameter called SAVROS To save the definition for the current request enter YES for this parameter and nter the request name you desire The request name can be up to ten characters long As an example suppose you regularly transfer a weekly sales file from a PC to the host using the PWRTO3XB command By saving the definition of that request you can avoid re keying the same information each time that you transfer the file Re using Request Definitions Once you have saved a request definition you can re use it at any time with the ETU command VWSAVROS view saved requests Using this command you can run the saved requests interactively or submit them to batch only the ETU power commands You can also change or delete any of the saved requests You may work with only those save
5. 10 30 SAVRQS Saves the current request definition so it can be reused at a later time The request definition is this completed PWRFROM3XB command with the parameter values as you have specified them The default is NO To save the request definition specify YES and enter the request name you desire Request name The name of the SAVRQS request definition The request name can be up to ten characters long To recall the saved request use the ETU command VWSAVRQS NOTE When saving a PWRFROM3XB command in which the Record Selection parameter list is used special values should not be used for the Comparison prompt TRANSFILE The file name of the translation table file to be used when a translation is specified The default translate file name is TRANSLATE The file TRANSLATE is in the library containing the ETU programs T Mac Users There are two files you can use If you use the default file TRANSLATE the member names have an M on the end of the name for example ETOA1M The Mac translation members are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ETOA1 Library name The name of library containing the translation table file The default is LIBL which searches all libraries in the user s library list Member name The TRANSLATE member name The default name
6. A a 6p H HF F member nam or logical DIF ETU BASICS for more information translates the data type and translation table TAB See the AS 400 file that is to be LI BL searches all libraries ter the member nam or one Transfers the member with the same name as the the default Transfers the first member arrival sequence in FRMFILE The qualified file name of transferred to the micro Library The library containing the physical file to transferred The default in the user s library list FRMMBR The FRMFILE member name You can en of the following values FILE FRMFILE file FIRST the file ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 8 LAST Transfers the last member arrival sequence in the file ALL Transfers all members from the FRMFILE file into one micro file ALL is not valid with DIF translation SAVTYP Used to transfer files that were previously transferred to the host with the SAVE file type using the TO3XB command NO The file being transferred was not previously transferred to the host with the SAVE file type the default YES The file being transferred was previously transferred to the host with the SAVE file type When using SAVE to move programs all necessary data including Mac data and resource forks is transferred STRIP For sourc
7. To transfer data to a new file supply the new file s name the library in which it will reside the member name and the file type In addition you must define the file that ETU creates There are two methods for defining files For externally described files you must define the fil by creating Data Description Specifications DDS For non externally described files such as text files define the file by providing a record length Record Length For new host files that are not externally described you must enter the file s record length in bytes at the RECL prompt For existing host files and new files defined with DDS specifications the record length should be zero the default Host File Type When you transfer a file to the host from the micro with the TO3XB or PWRTO3XB commands ETU will create the host file if the file doesn t already exist If ETU creates the host file you must specify the type of host file it is to be ETU supports four host file types They ar DATA A host physical file The most common host file type DATA is the default file type To create a DATA file you must specify a record length or define the fil using Data Description Specifications SAVE A SAVE file permits micro files to be transferred to the host without being translated This allows you to use the host as an off line storage site for your micro files If you use SAVE you must sp
8. Y The ETU serial number located on your ETU software media For most software media the serial number is six digits beginning with 2 For 8mm tape the serial number is eight digits beginning with 5 Y Your host serial number Display your host serial number by issuing the following command from the AS 400 command line dspsysval sysval qsrinbr v The AS 400 model you have Y The ETU version for example 5 02 Y The name of your company a person to contact and a phone number vV FAX or phone the above information to NLynx Technologies between th hours of 8 30 a m and 5 30 p m Central Time Monday through Friday U S FAX 512 301 8030 European FAX 44 161 928 7015 U S phone 888 NLynx67 European phone 44 161 928 7014 We will phone or FAX your host registration number to you Entering the Registration Code Once you receive your host registration number you can complete the registration procedure 1 Add the library containing ETU to your AS 400 library list At the AS 400 command line type addlible library name where library name is the library containing ETU 2 Enter the OWNERID command at the AS 400 command line ownerid You will be prompted for the host registration number 3 Enter your host registration number type any alphabetic characters in UPPER CASE 4 Press ENTER to exit the OWNERID screen ETU can now be run indefinit
9. ATOE1 The ASCII to EBCDIC fixed and variable length member ATOE3 The ASCII to EBCDIC print translation member Mac ETOAIM The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation Translation Tables member producing a variable length record with carriage return and line feed added after the last byte of data in each record Trailing blanks are stripped ETOA2M The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation member producing a variable length record with carriage return and line feed added after the last byte of data in each record Trailing blanks are stripped ATO eal na ES The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation member producing a basic random file on the PC with no carriage return line feed ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 3 Modifying a Translation Table If you decide that the standard translation tables included with ETU won t work for you you can create a new one To create a new table modify the source member closest in function to one of the existing members For example if you want to create a table that translates data from a PC to the host modify the source member ATOE1 The source members for the translation tables are in the source physical file TRANSSRC Changing a translation table is a three part process e First make a copy of the source member containing the translation table you want to modify This step keeps the original tables intact e Next edit t
10. NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 To turn the messages off enter 10 47 TO3XB Command Parameter description File name Library name Member name Record length File Type Add seq date field Type of translation Translation file name Library name Member name Truncate text DDS or F amp I file name Library name Member name Qualified file name Save request definiti Request name Display status messag The TO3XB command transfers a micro file to the AS 400 translates the data translation type and translation can be se 4 Learning About ETU no translation Parameter name TOFILE RMMBR RECL FILETYPE SRCSEQ TRANSLATE TRNSFILE TRANSMB TRUNCAT GI FLDD EFFILE FLDDEFMBR QFNAME1 on SAVROQS e DSPSTSMSG Parameter values host file name MULTI LIBL library name XELLE MULTI member name FILE 0 9989 DATA SAVE SRC SAVE NO or YES TEXT or Y DIF BASICS TAB NO or NON RANLATE MACTAB file name LIBL library name ATOEL member name NO YES NONE or DDS file name LIBL library name FILE file name micro file name NO or YES name of request NO or YES GI n Gl H and optionally The data is translated according to the specified translation table lected DIF BASICS for more information on each type Four different
11. CAUSE The Member name is still set to FILE This makes ETU look for a member with the name INVOICE in this case SOLUTION Change the Member name to ALL PROBLEM Running ETU 4 108 on an AS 400 in SSP emulation mode and using the old pctran commands After MENU ETU36 brings up the menu when you enter option 13 you get the following TRNSMT02 DELETE procedure is running BLDFILE procedure is running TRANSMIT FILE BEING CREATED ERROR see statement I LOAD PCRCB2 SYS1235 Options 3 Program PCRCB2 in LOAD statement was not found CAUSE The ETU library is not correctly loaded SOLUTION 1 Make certain that ETU is in the library it was installed in You can not install it and move it There are CL s that compile with the install library name If it was moved you will either have to move it back or reinstall 2 Make certain the ETU library list entries are loaded ADDLIBLE ibname 3 You may need to remove library list entries that are incorrect RMVLIBLE ibname 4 If Use the newer commands of MENU ETU36 and try it the manual first The command line second and OCL s third 5 If it s the S 36 ENVIRONMENT the files will usually be found in libraryYQS36F unless someone altered the default S 36EE file library check with command DSPS 36 and look at 8 36 Environment Variables ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 19 PROBLEM Trying to install software gets this message SYS 2594 ETUXFER Tryin
12. Displays program status messages during the execution of the command YES Status messages are displayed the default NO Status messages are not displayed ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 34 PWRTO3XB Command Parameter description Qualified file name Transfer from which micro File name Library name Member name Record length Type of translation Add or replace records File Type Add seq date field Truncate text Delete micro file after transfer Save request definition Request name Translation file name Library name Member name DDS or F amp I file name Library name Member name Entry program Library name Exit program Library name Display status message ETU400 User Guide 011603 Parameter name OFNAME1 MICLIST TOF ILI GI FRMMBR RECL TRANSLATE ADDRPL FILETYPE SRCSEQ TRUNCATE DLTFILE SAVROS TRNSFILE FLDDEFFILE ENTRY PGM EXITPGM DSPSTSMSG Parameter values micro file name REQUESTER device name host file name MULTI LIBL library name FILE MULTI member name FILE 0 9989 TEXT or YES Cl GI NO or NON DIF BASICS TAB RELACE ADD DATA SAVE SRC SAVE NO or Y NO or Y NO or Y Fl Fl Fl nnn NO or YES name of request TRANLATE MACTAB file name LIBL library name ATOE1 member name
13. his Chapter apter explains the ETU translation commands These commands are conjunction with the ETU transfer commands If when you transfer you specify no translation you will translate it using one of the commands described in this chapter There a re four ETU translation command e XLATEFROM Translates a microcomputer ASCII file to a host physical file fo transfe transla e XLATI rmat This is for use with micro files that were previously rred to the host using the TO3XB command with NONE as the tion type transfe ETO Translates a host physical file to ASCII You can then r the file to the micro using the FROM3XB command with NONE as the translation type e PRTX prior t FRMPC Translates a host print file to a PC print file format o transferring the file with the PRTFROMPC command e PRTXTOPC Translates a PC print file to a host print file format after you transfer the file to the host with the PRTTOPC command These commands can be run interactively from the micro or in batch mode from any micro or host terminal The advantages to using the translation commands are described on the following page If you are new to ETU you should read Chapter 4 Learning About ETU prior to reading this chapter ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 2 Why Use the Translation Commands In Chapter 5 you learned about the ETU transfer commands Those commands have two p
14. Country ID Belgian French BF Canadian French CF Danish DK French FR German GR Italian IT Dutch NL Norwegian NO Portuguese PO Swiss French SF Swiss German SG Spanish SP Finnish SU Swedish SV U K English UK U S English US default If you are using a non U S language on your AS 400 then you need to install the appropriate non U S translation tables on your host machine If you are using the U S English table you do not need to install the files on the translation table diskette To install the translation tables on your AS 400 follow the steps below 1 Insert the media on the host Enter these commands RSTOBJ OBJ SRCxx SAVLIB NEWTABLE DEV device name RSTLIB yyyyyy where xx is the country ID device name is the name of the device on which you are installing the tables and yyyyyy is the library containing ETU 2 Add the library containing ETU to your library list and enter this command CRTTABLE SRCxx TRANLIB library name where xx is the country ID and library name is the library in which you want the new translation table to reside You can place the translation table in any library including the library containing ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 H 2 Appendix ETU Automation ETU400 Automation This section is intended as an explanation of the considerations that one must make when one is trying to automate file transfers using ETU400 It is usually easier to handle t
15. For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 lda offset optional has two possible values NOTIFY and LDA position If NOTIFY is specified the operator will be sent a message with the results of the test If a number is specified it indicates the starting position in the LDA Local Data Area where the results of the test will be placed The results of the test are 12 bytes long and will start at the specified LDA offset anywhere from 1 to 501 The first 4 bytes are the return code If the file is found the return code is 0000 Any other return code indicates either an error or that the file was not found The remaining 8 bytes contain the workstation file size if the file is found The default is NOTIFY ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 26 XLT36FIL Procedure ETU36 XLT36FIL AS 400 labell date reformat xlate file TEXT ETOA1 truncate YES NO DIF i xlat table BASICS TAB spec lib clib AS 400 label2 retain J T xlate size record len 1000 128 xlate size input specs 1000 The XLT36FIL procedure performs translation of a file residing on the AS 400 disk into a workstation data format This procedure may be run from the job queue with JOBQ or released from the workstation with EVOKE AS 400 label1 is the label name of the AS 400 file to be translated date optional is the date of the
16. NO NO YES Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys SBMCMDNAM The name of the ETU command you want to submit to batch Enter PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB or PWRTO3XB JOBNAME The name of the job you are submitting to batch The default JOBD JOBQ HOLD JOBD assigns the name of the job description from the user s AS 400 user profile You can enter any name up to ten characters The job description The default USRPRF uses the job description associated with the user s AS 400 profile Library name The name of the library containing the job description The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library list The name of the AS 400 job queue to which the command will be sent The default QBATCH is an IBM supplied job queue Library name The name of the library containing the job queue The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library list Specifies whether the job will be held or not once it is placed in the job queue The default is NO To hold the job enter YES You must then manually release the job ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 22 After you supply the above information and press ENTER you are prompted with the command name you specified in the SBMCMDNAM parameter Fill out the parameters for the command as you would if you were running the job interactively If you are submitting o
17. sp the current library ETU400 User Guide 011603 Sav is the name of the AS 400 library from which ult value is G 18 record lenl file size remove ctl reformat xlat file optional is the record length of the library member s to be sent to the workstation This parameter defaults to 96 if SOURCE is specified for member type 120 if PROC or LIBRARY is specified or 8 if LOAD or SUBR is specified A record length of 8 creates a sector mode file and 40 to 120 create record mode files optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default value is 1000 optional specifies whether to remove the AS 400 utility control SMAINT statements from the library member s before they are sent to the workstation Specifying YES removes the statements The default value is NO optional specifies the type of data translation to take place on the AS 400 file TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into an ASCII text format DIF the file is to be translated into a DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters NONE no translation of the file is to be performed the default optional is the translation table file Translation file member ETOA1 is provided on the
18. BLACK BIRD 6 00 89040 1 9 00 LO118 10222 BLUE CAT 6 00 890201 8 00 LO118 10222 BLACK HORSE 7 0 890202 8 00 LO118 Loe GREEN FISH 7 0 890202 4 12 Tab format TAB TAB format is the same as BASIC Sequential except that tab characters rather than commas separate the fields Data in a TAB format looks similar to that shown below Table 4 4 Example of a TAB data file 9 00 LOI 10119 BLACK DOG 9 00 890101 9 00 LO118 10119 RED DOG 8 00 890301 9 00 LO118 10221 BLACK BIRD 6 00 890401 9 00 LO118 10222 gt BLUE CAT 6 00 890201 8 00 LO118 10222 BLACK HORSE 7 0 890202 8 00 LO118 10224 GREEN FISH 7 0 890202 DIF format DIF DIF format is a standard method of storing PC files created using a spreadsheet program The DIF format is based on vectors and tuples fields and records Data in a DIF file looks Similar to that shown below Table 4 5 Example of a DIF data file TABLI 0 1 VECTORS 0 0006 TUPLES 0 000000012 Now DATAO 0 Now 10 Gl NOTE Most micro applications provide utilities that allow the data to be imported to or exported from BAS
19. See Chapter 9 Advanced ETU Features for examples of using field selection NOTE Field selection can be used only with externally described files Key Field Ascending or Descending Specifies how RECSEL Relationship Field Name The name of the fi default ALL file To transfer of each field to b sign and press prompts Sets the sort orde after the file is default NONE do leaves them in seq Valid Key Field va up to KEY25 For priority enter K reco field value Enter ascending order an Allows the transfer of user sp eld to be transferred The transfers all the fields in the multiple fields enter th e transferred Enter a plus ENTER to display multiple nam r of the records in the file transferred to the micro The es not re sort the records but uential order lues are KEY1 KEY2 KEY3 the field with the highest sort EY1 rds are sorted based on the key ASC to sort records in d DES in descending order cified records to the micro The records that are transferr test cases you supply in the f Relationship Field to be Test Comparison Value You may create up to 15 test c prompts enter a plus sign An example of a test case migh field is greater than 1000 example if tested greater than is the is the comparison value then transfer the record is the relationship d are select
20. format uential uential with tab characters as field delimiters 10 55 TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translate table file to b used The default is TRANSLATE Library The library name containing the TRANSFILE file LIB is the default T Mac Users There are two files you can use If you use the default file TRANSLATE the member names have an M on the end of the name for example ATOE1M The Mac translation members are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ATOE1 TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member name ATOE1 an ASCII to EBCDIC table is the default TRUNCATE For TEXT translations only Specifies whether the text is to be truncated NO The data is folded this is the default YES The data is truncated if necessary To truncate indicates that once the current host record is filled any additional data for that record as it resided on the micro will be lost Additionally the record is written to the host only after ETU reads an end of record character sequence in the qualified file Th nd of record character is defined in the translation table see Table 8 1 position 40 41 in Chapter 8 To fold indicates that once the current host record is filled any additional data existing for that micro record will be written wrapped into the next AS 400 reco
21. menu etu36 The The ETU36 Menu The ETU36 menu ETU System 36 mod parameter ETU36 menu supports most you issue the command MENU ETU36 prompted for the paramet Figure G l The On the AS 400 command line menu displays ETU native commands Select a menu option ETU36 menu type The menu displays when and you will be rs required by the procedure you selected Menu ETU36 COPYRIGHT Cc 1998 PC Functions 1 Allocate New PC File 13 2 Rename PC File 14 3 Delete PC File 15 4 Test for Existence of PC File 16 17 18 Translation Functions 8 S 36 File PC File 20 9 S 36 Print Item gt 10 PC File 11 PC Print File Workstation ID WH Emulator Transfer Utility S 36 PC Print File 21 S 36 File S 36 Print Item NLynx Systems Transfer Functions S 36 File gt S 36 Libr Member gt S 36 Print Item gt PC File gt PC File gt PC Print File gt PC File PC File PC Print File S 36 File S 36 Libr Member S 36 Print Item Translation Tables Edit Translation Table Compile Text Translation File Enter Menu Item Number of Program to Execute gt ETU400 User Guide 011603 Each menu option executes a ETU36 procedure i executes the ALLOCATE procedure 2i executes the RENAME procedure 3 executes the DELETE procedure
22. or the transfer will fail Enter a plus sign here and press ENTER to display multiple prompts Each micro to which you transfer data must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed SAVRQS Saves the current request definition so it can be used at a later time The request definition is this completed PCTOPC command with the parameter values as you have specified them The default is NO To save the request definition specify YES and enter the request name you desire Request Name The name of the SAVROS request definition The request name can be up to ten characters long To recall the saved request use the ETU command VWSAVROS ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 14 DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 15 PGMFROM3XB Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Qualified file name QFNAME micro file name Program PGM host program name Library name LIBL library name Display status message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO Target release level TGTRLS CURRENT see SAVOBJ command for other parameters The PGMFROM3XB command transfers a host executable program from the AS 400 to a specified file on the micro Do not use this command for transferring program source code Transf
23. 4 executes the TESTFILE procedure 8 executes the XLT36FIL procedure J executes the XLT36PRT procedure 10 executes the XLTPCFIL procedure 11 executes the XLTPCPRT procedure 13 executes the FILETOPC procedure 14 executes the LIBRTOPC procedure I5 executes the PRNTTOPC procedure 16 executes the FILEFRPC procedure 17 executes the LIBRFRPC procedure 18 executes the PRNTFRPC procedure 20 executes the EDITABLE procedure 21 executes the COMPILE procedure The ETU36 procedures are described alphabetically in this chapter starting on page G 6 ETU400 User Guide 011603 Running ETU in System 36 Mode Once you have signed on to the AS 400 you may execute an ETU procedure in the following ways e Prompt an ETU procedure by selecting a menu item from the ETU36 menu To display the ETU 36 menu type MENU ETU36 your ETU library name e Prompt an ETU procedure by entering ETU36 procedure wher procedure is the ETU procedure such as ALLOCATE FILETOPC LIBRFRPC to be executed For example etu36 allocate e Include in an OCL procedure Native Commands Not Supported in the System 36 Mode The System 36 mode of ETU 400 does not support the following ETU native mode commands and utilities EDITTABLE EDTUDF PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB SBMBATXF SBMSCHJOB STRSEU VWSAVROS Fl w x System 36 mode Commands and Nativ
24. AS 400 label is the label workstation date optional YMD format Reformat optional ta is the date of file specifies th ke place on the AS 400 file and optionally translates the file into a name of the file to be sent to the AS 400 label of data translation to typ TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into an ASCII text format DIF the file is to be translated into a DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters SAVE permits offline storage and moves executable programs between workstations see below NONE no translation of the file is to be ETU400 User Guide 011603 performed the default G 13 xlat file When using SAVE to move executable programs between workstations all necessary data including Mac data and resource forks is transferred Data must have been previously transferred with the FILEFRPC procedure with reformat type SAVE optional is the translation table file Translation file member ETOA1 is provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EBCDIC to the ASCII character set in variable length records Translation file member ETOA2 is provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EDCDIC to the
25. DIF The qualified fil resides in DIF format and is to be translated for the AS 400 BASICS The qualified fil resides in BASIC Sequential format and is to be translated for the AS 400 TAB The qualified fil resides in BASIC Sequential format with tab character field delimiters and is to be translated for the AS 400 NONE No translation is to occur Data will reside on the host in ASCII or in the format in which it ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 37 ADDRPL For transfe transferred added to it data speci FILETYPE The type of with this c DATA SAVE SRC SAVE currently exists on the micro rs to existing files indicates whether th file will replace the data in the file or be The default is REPLACE To add to the existing fy ADD TOFILE file if the host file is to be created ommand T A physical file is created RECL or FLDDEFFILE is used to create the data file This is the default Permits offline storage and moves executable programs between micros A record length RECL of 1024 is required and TRANSLATE must be NONE All necessary data including Mac data and resource forks is transferred Data is not translated to EBCDIC and therefore cannot be used on the host To restore data to the micro use the FROM3XB command with the SAVTYPE parameter A source physical file is created If SRC is used 12 byt
26. F4 for list Name F4 for list Name Y Yes N No 0000 01 9999 99 00 01 99 99 Y Yes N No Y Yes N No Y Yes N No For more information about F amp I specifications please refer to the IBM Systems Application Architecture AD Cycle RPG 400 Reference Manual SC09 1349 00 AS 400 Languages ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 15 Appendix E ERROR MESSAGES NATIVE MODE ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 1 About This Appendix This appendix lists the ETU error messages that are most likely to occur when you use ETU The messages appear in order of their ETU message number which precedes each message For each message you will find the error message number message text and possible causes and Solutions ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 2 USR MESSAGES If a USR message that you are experiencing is not in this document please try this procedure on the AS 400 to get more information 1 Goto a command line and type WRKMSGF ETUMSGF and press the lt Enter gt key 2 Take a5on the ETU message file 3 Type the error message USR in the Position to field and press lt Enter gt NOTE If the error message does not show up here it is not an ETU error message NOTE For CPF messages that are not in this document follow the above procedure using WRKMSGF QCPFMSG ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 3 TRANSFER PROBLEMS PROBLEM When we go into the option to transfer a spool file to a pc file and enter the outq no spoo
27. If you use F9 to replay the command the parameter to fix is MICLST The device that you are going to use for the REQUESTOR must be connected and at the signon screen ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 24 PROBLEM ETU requires that a session be at the signon screen and not logged on in order to accept batch transfers to or from a REQUESTOR Users have a tendency log on any session that they see SOLUTION This solution for Windows 2000 only allows you to configure a session that will run in the background As the Windows 2000 PC Administrator use the Task Scheduler create a task using the browser to point to the first TVD You will select the When log on option and put the user name and password of the person who will use the PC When that person logs on the task scheduler starts the TVD but does not bring a screen up You can only see EMUAPP32 in the task scheduler status as running or by looking at the tasks list The user can start another TVD by selecting a TVD shortcut If you then look at the tasks list the emuapp32 is running twice For what it is worth the first uses a lot more memory PROBLEM When running a CL procedure you get these errors Error RPGO202 caused program PWRFRM3X01 to stop Function check RPG9001 unmonitored by PWRFROMS3XB at statement 118500 ERROR CPF9999 RETURNED FROM NATIVE CODE PROCESSOR If you execute lines 1 9 in SEU Procedure1 it crashes If you execute lines 1 8 in SEU Proc
28. Table 4 1 ETU Commands that require a translation table file name ETU Command ETU Utilities Menu Option EDITTABLE PRTXFRMPC 11 PRTXTOPC 9 XLATEFROM Table 4 2 lists the ETU commands that use a translation table file name but don t require the translation If you do translate the file using these commands you must specify a translation table For these commands Mac users that use a translation table with these commands must change the TRANSLATE parameter to MACTAB ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 10 Table 4 2 ETU Commands in which the translation table file name is optional ETU400 User Guide 011603 ETU Command FROM3XB PRTTOPC TO3XB PRT FRMPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB ETU Main Menu Option OArAA FWH 4 11 Using Microcomputer Data Formats In addition to translating files from ASCII to EBCDIC ETU formats the data so that it can be used in the various types of microcomputer applications such as spreadsheets word processors and database programs Each type of application stores data in its own format ETU provides four translation types that enable the host data to be formatted for the type of application in which you will use it As an example you may want and use the file in a database program By using type used with database applications micro the file can be impor to transfer a host file to the microcomputer the TAB translation when yo
29. The time you specify for the SBMSCHJOB command is the time the job will be released not necessarily the time the job will be processed The tim at which the job is processed depends on the number of jobs ahead of it in the job queue ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 43 To Schedule a Job To schedule a job first start a job called SCHPGM This job controls the SBMSCHJOB command Then enter SBMSCHJOB on the AS 400 command line press F4 and fill out the following parameters SCHCMD SCHHR SCHMN SCHDT SCHJOB SCHJOBD The name of the command you want to schedule You can enter the command followed by the entire command string or enter a question mark followed by the command name which displays the command prompt after you complete the remaining parameters The hour of the day you want the job to released to batch Enter the time in 24 hour military format The minute of the hour The default is 00 Valid entries are 00 through 59 For example to release a job at 3 30 pm enter 15 as the SCHHR and 30 as the SCHMN The date in host system format that you want the job released The default is TODAY which releases the job on the current day at the specified tim For instance if the system format is DDMMYY enter the 041591 for April 15 1991 Another way to specify a date in the future is to enter a plus sign followed by a value from 1 to 14 This specifies the number of days from the cu
30. Utilities menu They are the PC functions commands the translation commands and the translation table commands These commands are described later in this chapter To display the ETU Utilities menu select option 20 from the ETU Main menu Figure 3 2 The ETU Utilities Menu Menu WSMENUS Emulator Transfer Utility AS 400 NLRISC NLRISCLIFF COPYRIGHT CC 1998 NLynx Systems ETU Utilities Menu PC Functions Translation Table Functions Allocate NEW PC file 20 Edit translation tables Rename PC file 21 Compile translation tables Delete PC file Test for existence of PC file AUNE Translation Functions 8 Host file to PC file 9 Host spool file to PC prt file 10 PC file to Host file 11 PC prt file to Host spool file OPTION OR COMMAND gt F3 Exit F4 Prompt F9 Retrieve F6 DSPMSG F12 Cancel ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 5 The ETU Commands There are 20 ETU commands that work with files These commands can be divided into five groups each providing a different function The ETU commands are grouped below according to the menu on which they appear and their functions Main Menu File Transfer Commands These commands transfer files between a microcomputer and the host They are discussed in Chapter 5 Transferring Files Option 1 FROM3XB Option 4 TO3XB Option 2 PGMFROM3XB Option 5 PGMTO3XB Option 3 PRTFROM3X Option 6 PRTTO3X Main Menu ETU Power Commands Th
31. VWSAVRQS Command VWSAVRQS Notes XLATEFROM Command XLATETO Command ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 1 ALOCATB Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Qualified file name QFNAME micro file name Display status message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO The ALOCATB command allocates creates an empty file on the micro QFNAME The name of the micro file to be allocated For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages command The default is YES To NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 during the execution of the turn the messages off enter 10 2 DELETEB Command Parameter description Qualified file name Notify Operator Display s The DELET T QFNAME NOTIFY DSPSTSMSG The name of the micro fil See About Microcomputer Files in information Specifies wheth Parameter name deleted is not found your message queue YES You default NO You found OFNAME micro file name NOTIFY YES or NO tatus message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO B command deletes a file on the micro to be deleted For r you will be notified if the This is done by sending Parameter values additional Chapter 3 file to be a message to will be notified if the file is not found will not be notified if the file is not Displays program status messages during the exec
32. command To transfer a file residing on the host and containing off line micro based data specify SAVE as the value in the FILETYPE parameter of the TO3XB command also specify NONE for the value in the TRANSLAT parameter Gl FROM3XB can be run only from the micro to which the file is to be transferred Figure 5 1 displays the FROM3XB prompt screen FROM3XB Example Suppose there is a physical file on the host called SALES that contains a member called USER1 The file was previously translated using the XLATETO command The Mac file is stored in a folder called STORE1 and is called SALES In this example you will transfer this file to a Mac with no translation 1 Choose option 1 from the ETU Main menu The FROM3XB screen displays 2 Enter the host file name at the File name prompt sales Use the default LIBL as the library name LIBL searches all libraries in your library list for the specified fil ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 3 3 Enter the member nam userl 4 Specify NONE at the Member name prompt as the parameter at the Translation table file prompt because you have already translated the file with the XLATETO command 5 Enter the Mac folder and file name at the Qualified file name prompt storel sales 6 Because you did not specify a data translation remaining parameters you can disregard the Once you
33. either Y or a value encoded 1 through 9 Y specifies that the record currently being translated will be written with padding performed as specified The specifications 1 through 9 allow the concatenation of additional TO HEX characters For example FROM HEX EOR Comment ODOA Y If CR LF write record Another example writing AAAB before padding with nulls FROM HEX TO HEX EOR Comment ODOA ZI If CR LF xI CICEGIC2 Then write AAAB ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 7 End of File Action This is identical to end of record action with one exception This function also completes translation and terminates the program Comments Are printed in the translation table compiler listing There are five special records for the translation table compiler These records define what action is to be taken for end of record and end of file for FROM3XB translation On TO3XB translation the special records determine if trailing blanks or nulls should be omitted The 1 to 9 records specify additional TO HEX characters for end of record and file processing The five special records are defined as follows EOR statement If EOR is coded in the FROM HEX area positions 1 4 this statement will define the action to be taken for a FROM3XB translate upon reaching the end of the text in the record currently being translated Normally this statement would be used to insert a CR LF hex O
34. the other in System 36 mode on the AS 400 Chapters 3 through 10 are for the native mode command set Appendix G addresses the commands and operation for System 36 mode System 36 mode interface does not support the new features and commands listed above ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 8 Part One Getting Started Getting Started is intended for all users of use Installing ETU Using ETU Learning About ETU Ae wN Ppp ETU400 User Guide 011603 ETU It describes how to Chapter 2 INSTALLING ETU About This Chapter Installing ETU Installing the ETU Software Registering Your Host System Obtaining Your Host Registration Number Completing the Host Registration Procedure Re installing ETU Removing ETU From Your Host System Installing ETU For International Users The ETU Compatibility Diskette For DOS only Non ES32 Emulation Products Who Should and Can Use IBMTRAN Copying IBMTRAN To Your Hard Drive Starting ETU When Using IBMTRAN Exiting IBMTRAN Alternative Method to Start and Exit IBMTRAN 2 1 About This Chapter This chapter is intended for the system administrator or other experienced host user responsible for installing the ETU software on the AS 400 This chapter explains e how to install the ETU software e how to register ETU with NLynx Technologies e how to determine if you need the IBM Compatibility Diskette in order to run ETU ETU400 User
35. when more than one file is transferred you may have problems with overwriting previously transferred files To avoid this situatio change the name of the files once they are received on the target micro or copy them to a different directory NOTE This parameter must be changed from REQUESTER to the device nam of the target micro when you run the PCFROMPC command in batch mode The device you specify must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed SAVRQS Saves the current request definition so it can be used at a later time The request definition is this completed PCFROMPC command with the parameter values as you have specified them The default is NO To save the request definition specify YES and enter the request name you desire Request Name The name of the SAVRQS request definition The request name can be up to ten characters long To recall the saved request use the ETU command VWSAVRQS DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 13 PCTOPC Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Qualified file name QFNAME micro file name Transfer from which MICLIST1 Device name s of micro one or more micros Transfer to which micro MICLIST2
36. 44 4444444 444444444444444 KR KKK K K K KK KK KKK Beginning of data OB K K K K RK RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK KKK KKK 0001 00 R RECORD 0002 00 A NAME 17A 0003 00 A TITLE 35A KK K K K K K K K KR K K K K K K End of data FKK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type PF Sequence number eee Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use SALARY 8 S 2 Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Type SALARY in the Name prompt Type the number 8 in the Length prompt be sure to press FIELD EXIT to move to the next field Type an S in the Data Type prompt Type the number 2 in the Decimal Positions prompt Press ENTER ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 13 12 The 0004 00 edit screen shown in Figure C 12 appears Type the required data in each prompt as explained in the following instructions and then press ENTER Figure C 12 The SEU Edit screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF l EERE PENEI T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 44 4444444 444444444444444 KR KKK K K K KK KK KKK Beginning of data OBR K K K K K K K 2K 2K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK KKK KKK 0001 00 R RECORD 0002 00 A NAME 17A 0003 00 A TITLE 35A 0004 00 A SALARY 8S 2 KK K
37. AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EBCDIC to the ASCII character set in variable length records Translation file member ETOA2 is provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EBCDIC to the ASCII character set in fixed length records See the EDITABLE and COMPILE procedures for more information on creating new translation table files The default value is ETOAI Mac Users Do not use the default value You must use either ETOAIM for variable length records or ETOA2M for fixed length records record len2 input specs optional is the record length of the translated workstation formatted AS 400 file to be sent to the workstation This parameter defaults to record lenl and is ignored if translation is not performed is the name of the field definition member in library spec lib that defines the fields of the file being translated These are standard F and I file input RPG specifications defining the file and its fields See Chapter 4 File Transfer Facility for more information on creating F and I RPG specifications ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 19 is the library containing the field input specs and the translate optional If left blank this definition member table member xlat table parameter defaults to the current library spec lib i
38. ASCII character set in fixed length records See the EDITABLE and COMPILE procedures for more information on creating new translation table files The default value is ETOAI1 Mac Users Do not use the default xlat file value You must use either ETOAIM for variable length records or ETOA2M for fixed length records xlat size record len input specs spec lib optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default value is 1000 optional is the record length of the translated workstation formatted AS 400 file to be sent to the workstation This parameter is ignored if translation is not performed The default value is 128 is the name of the field definition member in library spec lib that defines the fields of the file being translated These are standard F and I file input RPG specifications defining the file and its fields This member is required only for the field oriented translation methods DIF BASICS TAB See Chapter 5 for more information on creating F and I RPG specifications optional is the library containing the field definition member input specs and the translation table member xlat table If left blank this parameter defaults to the current library workstation file name is the name of the workstation file to receive the
39. F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys 6 The field statement number 0002 00 appears Enter the input specification in the data area prompt at the bottom of the screen exactly as shown in Figure D 4 and then press ENTER Column 6 is the Form Type and must contain the letter I Columns 7 through 14 may contain a valid file name for documentation purposes This example uses filename SAMPLE Type the letters NS for No Sequence in columns 15 and 16 After you press Enter the input specification you ve just created moves to the top of the screen ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 7 7 Display the positions of the line When the new s which to enter 8 The field s first field in next s containing s tatemen tatement number by typing Il over the first two tatement 0002 00 and pressing Enter the input specifica umber 0003 file En tatement n the SAMPLE data area prompt at the bottom of then press ENT ER Figure D 5 The SEU Edit screen for line is displayed press F4 to display a prompt in cion 00 appears Here you will define the ter the data exactly as shown in the the screen as shown in Figure D 5 and line 0003 00 Colums QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT F 1 80 Edit KR RK KKK KKK KKK Beginning of data OBR K K K K K K K 2K 2K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK KK
40. FILE Record Length Q existing 0 9989 File type DATA DATA SRC SAVE SAVF Add seq date field NO YES NO Type of translate TEXT NO TEXT DIF BASICS Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ATOE1 Name Truncate text NO YES NO DDS or F amp I file name NONE Name NONE DDS Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name bats FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST Qualified file name More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 5 TO3XB Example In this example you will transfer a file on your PC to a new host physical file The file on the PC is called c sales january weekl sal The host physical file is called JANSAL1 in a member called REG1 To define the host file use the existing host file definition DDS contained in member SALE in the source physical file QDDSSRC Use the translation type BASICS 1 Choose option 4 from the ETU Main menu The TO3XB screen displays 2 Enter the host file name at the File name prompt jansal 3 Enter the host member name at the Member name prompt reg1 4 Use the default DATA for the File type because the host file being created with this command is a physical file 5 Use the translation type that translates BASIC Sequential files At the Type of translate prompt enter basic
41. JOBQ QBATCH Job queue name Library name LIBL library name Display status message DSPSTSMSG NO or YES The SBMBATXFER command submits the ETU power commands PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB and PWRTO3XB to batch SBMCMDNAM The name of the ETU command you want to submit to batch Enter PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB or PWRTO3XB JOBNAME The name of the job you are submitting to batch The default JOBD assigns the name of the job description from the user s AS 400 user profile You can specify any name up to ten characters JOBD The job description The default USRPRF uses the job description associated with the user s AS 400 profile Library name The name of the library containing the job description The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library list JOBQ The name of the AS 400 job queue to which the command will be sent The default QBATCH is an IBM supplied job queue Library name The name of the library containing the job queue The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library list HOLD Specifies whether the job will be held or not once it is placed on the job queue The default is NO To hold the job enter YES You must then manually release the job NOTE If you are submitting one of the ETU power commands to batch you must change the default value REQUESTER in the power command to the actual device address you will use ET
42. OTHERS INCONVENIENCE OR SIMILAR COSTS H H c wW Zz Q E T T C NLYNX IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON IN EXCESS OF THE PRICE YOU PAID FOR THE LICENSE TO USE THE SOFTWARE REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM D ADDITIONAL STATEMENTS BY AGENTS EMPLOYEES DISTRIBUTORS AND DEALERS F NLYNX SUCH AS DEALER ADVERTISING OR PRESENTATIONS DO NOT CONSTITUTE ARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS BY NLYNX DO NOT BIND NLYNX AND SHOULD NOT BE ELIED UPON Bs o r This warranty does not cover claims based on the fact that the disk or material has been lost stolen or damaged by accident misuse or unauthorized modification Though NLynx is not responsible for maintaining or helping you use the Software NLynx does at its discretion offer support and service programs for certain software products To receive the benefits of these programs You must complete and return th nclosed User Registration Card This Agreement constitutes th ntire agreement and supersedes any prior agreement between NLynx and You concerning the contents of this Package NLynx is not bound by any provision of any purcha
43. REQUESTER device name of target micro Save request definition SAVROS YES or NO Request name Name Display status message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO The PCTOPC command transfers a file from one micro to one or more other micros All micros involved in a file transfer must be of the same platform either Mac or DOS based PC but not both QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to be transferred If you are transferring a file from multiple micros the file name including the path name must be identical on each micro For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 MICLST1 The device name of the source micro The default REQUESTER transfers the file from the micro to which you are currently signed on To transfer a file from a different micro enter the device name of that micro You must be authorized to use the device you specify in this parameter or the transfer will fail NOTE This parameter must be changed from REQUESTER to the device name of the source micro when you run the PCTOPC command in batch mode The device you specify must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed MICLST2 The device name of the target micro s You can transfer the file to up to ten micros To transfer the file to more than one micro enter the device name of each micro You must be authorized to use the device you specify in this parameter
44. Specifies the type of file translation that is to be performed TEXT Converts the file to text format the default DIF Converts the file to DIF format ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 58 TRANSFILE BASICS Converts the file to BASIC Sequential format TAB Converts the file to BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the delimiters The file name of the translation table file to be used Th default is TRANSLATE E Mac Users If you use the default file TRANS There are two files you can use ATE the member names have an M on the end of the name for example ETOA1M The Mac translation members are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ETOA1 T Library The library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is the TRANSMBR RECL JOBD default The TRANSFILE member name The default is ETOA1 The record length of the translation work file record length Valid record length entries ar Gl FILE Indicates that the record length of the FRMFILI will be used 0 Specifies that PCDATA file already exists and the current record length will be used 1 9989 Specifies the record length for the translation work file If an ASCII fixed record length translation is to be performed specify FILE to produce the desired file If you are not translating to ASCII fixed le
45. TOFILE can be an existing file or a new file For existing files enter the names of the file and the member For new files enter the new file and member names XLATEFROM will create these the file type it can be a physical file or a source physical file and the source file and member containing the file definition DDS If you create a source physical file you can have ETU add a 12 byte source sequence number and date field to the beginning of each record This allows the record to be read by Source Entry Utility SEU after it is translated Specify YES for the SRCSEQ parameter to add the sequence number and date field ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 4 XLATEFROM Example Suppose you transferred a PC file to the host using the TO3XB command You didn t translate the file during the transfer operation to translate it now using the XLAT want but you do EFROM command The name of the host file containing the untranslated data is RS132 in the NEWLIB library After the file is translated an existing host file called HOME1 Because the host file already exists and you will use the defaults for Zero it will be written to in the member of the same name the record length will remain at FLDDEFFILE and FLDDEFMBR The file is in BASIC Sequential format with commas as delimiters 1 Choose opt ion 20 from the The ETU Utilities menu dis
46. The following is an example of an ASCII to EBCDIC translation table For a complete containing Figure 8 4 listing see member ATO El in the file TRANSSRC in the library ETU It can be printed with the Source Entry Utility Sample ASCII to EBCDIC Translation Table FROM HEX TO HEX XBA PAD 01 02 30 FO 31 F1 32 F2 33 F3 34 F4 41 CA 42 C2 43 C3 ODOA B 1A B ETU400 User Guide 011603 EOR EOF Comments Omit unprintable characters Numeric Characters Alphabetic characters CR LF End of record End of file Compiling the New Translation Member After you create or modify a new translation source file member using SEU you must compile it into a physical file member before you can use it in the ETU translation program The compiler edits the translate table source prints a listing of the table including any error messages e writes the compiled table to a physical file member To compile the new member use the AS 400 command EDITTABLE option 20 on the ETU Utilities menu Supply the name of the source file and member to be compiled Then supply the name of the physical file and member into which to compile the new member Naming the New Member The decision of what to name the new physical file and member is an important one This is because the ETU programs that use translation tables have defaults for the translation table file and member n
47. To view all the possible values for a particular parameter enter a question mark in the first position of the parameter press FIELD EXIT and then press ENTER If there is a plus sign next to the parameter keyword the parameter can be extended for additional values To enter the additional values place the cursor next to for more enter a plus sign and press ENTER When you have filled out all the required parameters press the ENTER key If the command contains more than one screen of parameters which some ETU commands do press PAGE UP to display subsequent screens To start the command press ENTER Using Mac Directory Dialog Boxes Mac directory dialog boxes are available for some ETU commands A directory dialog box provides an alternative to entering a value into a menu s micro file name prompt You can specify the location of the Mac file by entering the file name at the QFNAME1 prompt or you can display a dialog box To display a dialog box enter an asterisk in the first position in the QFNAME1 prompt fill out all other parameters required for the transfer operation and press ENTER NOTE The directory dialog boxes are unavailable for the DELETEB and RENAMEB procedures Use an ETU directory dialog box as you would use any standard Mac directory dialog box For informati
48. administrator can assign to the ETU Main menu A user defined function might be a menu option that when selected starts a non ETU related program Your system administrator can add any user function to the ETU Main menu If no user functions have been added the right side of the menu is blank as it appears below in Figure 3 1 For information on adding user defined functions to the Main menu see the command EDTUDF edit user defined functions in the Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference NOTE The menu options 7 through 10 for the ETU power commands display on your menu only if you have been granted authority to them or if you have special authorities granting access to all objects Figure 3 1 The ETU Main Menu Menu WSMENUS Emulator Transfer Utility AS 400 NLRISC NLRISCLIFF COPYRIGHT CC 1998 NLynx Systems ETU Functions Host file to PC file Host program to PC file Host spool file to PC prt file PC file to Host file PC file to Host program PC prt file to Host spool file Power Host file to PC file Power PC file to Host file PC from PC 10 PC to PC 20 ETU Utilities Menu 90 SIGNOFF WOONDUBWNE OPTION OR COMMAND gt F3 Exit F4 Prompt F9 Retrieve F DSPMSG ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 4 The ETU Utilities Menu The ETU utilities menu provides access to the ETU commands that aren t used for transferring files There are thr groups of commands on the
49. and it also reformats the data into one of the various microcomputer file formats To perform the ASCII to EBCDIC translation ETU uses translation tables which are explained on the following page The different microcomputer file formats are explained on page 4 11 ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 7 Using Translation Tables ASCII and EBCDIC are standard character sets When you transfer a file between a microcomputer and the host the file must be translated from one character set to the other Unless that is you are only storing the file and not planning to manipulate or use the file in any way on the other system In that case you can transfer files without any translation taking place by specifying NONE as the value for the TRANSLATE parameter When you translate a file you must specify a translation table The translation table tells ETU whether e the file is being transferred from the host to the micro or from the micro to the host e the file has a fixed or variable length record e the file is a print file or a data file e the micro involved is a DOS based PC or a Mac ETU comes with seven translation tables four for PC DOS translations and three for Mac translations The translation tables are actually members within two files All translation tables for both PC DOS and Mac are stored in the file TRANSLATE For convenience the Mac members alone reside in the file MACTAB T
50. as shown TOFILE Enter a file name Member name FILE The name of the file and member will be the same as you specify in the TOFILE file parameter or you can specify a separate member nam To store the files in multiple physical files with a single member in each TOFILE MULTI T Member name FILE The file and member names are the same as the device names from which the file was transferred For example if you transfer a file from a micro with the device name PRT2AD3 the file and member are both named PRT2AD3 You must specify Data Description Specifications when you request MULTI in the TOFILE parameter ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 4 Using PWRTO3XB In order to send files from multiple micros to the same host library using PWRTO3XB with the TOFILE MULTI option you must rename any files sent in a first transfer before performing a second transfer This procedure is necessary because when files are transferred from multiple micros to a single micro the resulting file names on the destination micro are the device names from which the data was transferred For example a file sent from Device 1 will end up on the receiving micro as a file named devicel A file sent from Device 2 will be nameddevice2 Because of this naming convention any files sent in a second file transfer from the same named micros to the same host library will end up with exactly the same na
51. bottom of the screen exactly as shown in Figure D 3 and then press ENTER Figure D 3 The SEU Edit screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE EME 8 sagtogce dietician E E EE EE S 4 sachet DY shuthioie 16 An ein 0 neti 8 RK K K K K K KK KK KKK Beginning of data FKK K K K K K K K FK 2K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KEK 0001 00 KK K K K K K K K KK K K K K KK End of data FKK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 2K 2K 2K 2K K K Prompt type a Sequence number 0001 00 Data area aN Serie RSG eh GRR Sree EEE ee S E E o FSAMPLE IP F 128 F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Column 6 is the Form Type and must contain the letter F Columns 7 through 14 may contain a valid file name for documentation purposes The file name can be the same as the PC file name although it s not necessary that it is This example uses file name SAMPLE which in this case is the same as the PC file name ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 5 Column 15 is the File Type and must contain the letter I which defines the file as an input file Column 16 is the File Designation and must contain the letter P Column 19 is the File Format and must contain the letter F Columns 24 through 27 allow you to specify the record length of the data file This example use
52. data from the AS 400 For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 14 LIBRFRPC Procedure ETU36 LIBRFROMPC workstation file name record len 128 reformat xlate file xlate size record len2 TEXT ETOA1 1000 record len1 truncate YES NO DIF xlate table xlate size input specs BASICS 1000 TAB spec lib workstation file name clib NONE lib name replace clib YES NO add ctl member type file size YES member name P xlate size NO S The LIBRFRPC procedure transfers and optionally translates a workstation file into library members on the AS 400 workstation file name record len1 ETU400 User Guide 011603 is the name of the workstation file to be transferred to the AS 400 For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 optional is the record length of the library members when they ar default value is 120 placed in the library The G 15 reformat xlat file optional specifies the type of data translation to take place on the AS 400 file TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into an ASCII text format DIF the file is to be translated into a DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into a B BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential f
53. data to PC CXLATETO Type choices press Enter Host data file name Name Library name Orie cite LIBL Name LIBL Host data member name FILE Name FILE ALL FIRST PC data file for use a TOPC i Name Library name pos LIBL Name LIBL PCDATA member name FILE Name FILE Strip seq date field NO YES NO Type of translate whe TEXT TEXT BASICS DIF TAB Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Translation table member name ETOA1 Name Record Length Q Prae an FILE 0 9989 FILE Job description gge Name Library name 3 LIBL Name LIBL Field translation definition DDS Name DDS Library name LIBL Name LIBL More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 7 XLATETO Example Suppose there is a file on the AS 400 that you want to transfer to your Mac Before you transfer the file you will translate it using the XLATETO command For this example the file on the host is called LOT14 It contains one member also called LOT14 After the data is translated it will be written to a newly created host file called DATA3 The data will ultimately be transferred to a variable length record on the Mac Use the file definition of the FRMFILE parameter for the PCDATA file Submit the XLATETO command to batch by specify
54. device to which he is not authorized the program ends and sends the following error message to the screen Unable to open display file with device specified In order to take advantage of device specific authority your AS 400 must be configured for a security level of 30 or above If your system is configured below level 30 all users have the authority to access all devices To exclude a device from a user follow standard system protocol for limiting device authority on the AS 400 For more information about securing devices see AS 400 Security Concepts and Planning SC21 8083 ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 11 Removing ETU From the AS 400 ETU includes a utility that makes it easy to remove the ETU software from your host system You may need to remove ETU from your system if in the future you upgrade to a new version of ETU This utility called RMVETU removes all the ETU objects from the library in which you loaded ETU and leaves intact all non ETU objects in that library NOTE It is critical that you backup your ETU library prior to running this command in the event that any user data located in this library is inadvertently removed To remove ETU from your AS 400 follow the steps below 1 Sign on to the AS 400 as QSECOFR 2 Enter the RMVETU command on the AS 400 command line and prompt press F4 rmvetu The RMVETU prompt screen displays 3 Ente
55. field NO YES NO Type of translate TEXT NO TEXT DIF BASICS Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ATOE1 Name Truncate text NO YES NO DDS or F amp I file name NONE Name NONE DDS Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST Qualified file name More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 Using the Command Prompts After you select the ETU command that you want to run either by choosing an option from the menu or by entering the name of the command on the command line and pressing F4 a prompt screen displays This screen lists the parameters associated with the command A parameter is a placeholder for a single piece of information or value that you must provide to ETU to tell ETU what to do and how to do it When the prompt screen displays enter a value for each parameter that applies to your transfer operation For instance when you transfer a host file to the microcomputer you must provide among other things the name of the host file You enter the name of the host file in the FROMFILE parameter Thus the host file name is the value to b ntered in that parameter Some parameters contain preset values called defaults If you do not need to use a particular parameter leave it at its default value
56. fifteen test cases for a single file transfer These parameters are explained below Relationship Relates one test case to another The first test case must use IF The default NONE transfers all records in the file The other relationships are AND OR ANDIF XORIF and are used in situations where more than one test case is evaluated Field to be tested Specifies the name of the field to be tested Us any field name from the file that was specified in the FRMFILE parameter If you use field selection you must specify a field to be tested Relational operator Specifies the relationship between the field to be tested and the comparison value The operators are EQ Equal to NE Not equal to AGT Greater than LT ess than LE ess than or equal to GE Greater than or equal to Comparison value Specifies the value to which to compare the data in the field to be tested Enter a numeric value for numeric fields and an alphabetic value for alphabetic fields Alphabetic values must be enclosed in single quotation marks NOTE If you specify an alphabetic comparison value in which a space is used to separate words or characters e g red apple the records will transfer as expected However due to a limitation in the AS 400 operating system a saved request definition with a comparison value as described will not work properly ETU400 User
57. hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command Figure 5 1 The FROM3XB prompt screen Transfer from 3X CFROM3XB Type choices press Enter File name Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST SAVE file type NO YES NO Strip seq date field a NO YES NO Type of translate TEXT NO TEXT DIF BASICS Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ETOA1 Name Record Length 0 existing FILE 0 9989 FILE DDS or F amp I file name NONE Name NONE DDS Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST Qualified file name More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 4 Transferring Data Files From a Microcomputer to the Host The TO3XB Command With the TO3XB command you can transfer and translate data from a microcomputer to a file on the host The TO3XB command also allows you to s This serves as an alternative means of microcomputer data specify SAVE data back to the microcomputer value for the SAVTYPE To transfer a file using TO3XB want to transfer transferred and optionally If the host file will be created during specify the host file type and member containing Data Description Specifications existed prior to the TO3XB op
58. identify the PC ETU sends an inquiry to what it assumes to be a user s microcomputer asking if it is ETU capable Because the AS400 sent the command it gets the question Power or Batch ETU Commands The ETU commands that translate data or work with translation tables can be run in batch mode as well as interactively These commands are PRTXFRMPC PRTXTOPC XLATEFROM and XLATETO You can run these commands from a microcomputer emulating a 5250 terminal or from any host terminal attached to the host The ETU power commands can also be submitted to batch by using SBMJOB or the ETU facility SBMBATXFER submit batch transfer or from the SBMSCHJOB submit scheduled ETU400 User Guide 011603 l 1 job The ETU power commands are PWRDELETEB PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRRENAMEB and PWRTO3XB AUTOMATION MECHANISMS When you are setting up an automated application on the AS 400 there are two mechanisms with which to do this There are CL scripts called OCL scripts on the System 36 and batch files Batch commands are submitted to a job queue The only batch commands that will work are the translation commands and the power commands as identified above See SBMBATXFER and SBMSCHJOB CL scripts are created using SEU STRSEUV To the AS400 CL scripts look like interactive commands entered by the terminal that submits the CL script They will work if the command line is formatted correctly but if they contain interactive
59. is ETOA1 an EBCDIC to ASCII table supplied with ETU FLDDEFFILE The name of the source physical file containing the data description specifications DDS or RPG source file containing F and I specifications Use the default NONE if the file being transferred was previously defined with DDS Library name The library containing the source physical file specified in FLDDEFFILE The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library List Member name The source physical file member containing the DDS or F and I The default FILE uses the member with the same name as the FLDDEFFILE source file RECL The record length of the translation work file Valid entries are FILE The record length of the FRMFILE file is used record The actual record length for the translation work file ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 31 Length May be from 1 to 9989 bytes long If an ASCII fixed record length translation is to be performed specify FILE to produc translating to ASCII fixed length records the desired fil If not any record length may be specified that could allow for better performance by buffering the data FLDSEL Allows the transfer of up to 25 user specified fields from the host to the micro For each field to be transferred to the micro specify the following set of parameters Field Name Key Field Ascending or Descending Order
60. lenl is the name of the field definition member in user library spec lib These are standard F and I file input RPG specifications defining the file and its fields This member is required only for the field oriented translation methods DIF BASICS TAB See Chapter 5 for more information on creating the F and I RPG specifications optional is YES if data exceeding the record length of AS 400 label is to be omitted Specifying NO causes new records to be written to contain the overflow This parameter is ignored if translation is not performed The default is NO optional is the library containing the field definition member input specs and the translate table member xlat table If left blank this parameter defaults to the current library ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 12 FILETOPC Procedure ETU36 FILETOPC AS 400 label reformat TEXT xlate file ETOA1 date record len 128 xlate size 1000 workstation file name ETU36 FILETOPC AS 400 label DIF i BASICS TAB spec lib clib ETU36 FILETOPC AS 400 label workstation file xlate table date xlate size 1000 input specs workstation file name SAV NONI date Cl Gl name The FILETOPC procedure transfers an AS 400 file from the AS 400 to the workstation specified workstation data format
61. line but not both depending on your authority Using the Menu Once you display the menu using the WSMENUS command option number that corresponds to the command you want to run displays a prompt screen on which you en enter the menu ETU ter the information necessary to carry out or execute the command The ETU commands are listed later in this chapter Entering Commands on the Command Line Each ETU function has a command name that is recognized by the AS 400 To execute any ETU command enter the command name on the AS 400 command line and prompt press F4 for the information about that command For example to transfer a file from the workstation to the host using the TO3XB command displays the TO3XB prompt screen enter the information about the transfer enter TO3XB on the command line and press F4 see Figure 3 3 below This on which you The prompt screen that displays when you press F4 is identical to the one that displays when you initiate the command from the menu NOTE an option Depending on your authority level field or a command line Figure 3 3 The TO3XB prompt screen the ETU menu will display either Transfer to 3X CTO3XB Type choices press Enter File name Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name FILE Name FILE Record Length Q existing 0 9989 File type DATA DATA SRC SAVE SAVF Add seq date
62. maximum of 20 From entries with a string length of 6 bytes The xxx markers indicate that the length is not supported for that type of translation Normally all translation types will use only the single character translation TO HEX From zero to nine characters depending again on the type of file translation expressed in hexadecimal Upon finding the corresponding FROM HEX the TO HEX characters are written to the output data Translate Before After Determines when the translation is performed relative to performing control action This field is labeled XBA on the compiler report B specifies translate before control and A specifies translate after control The default is B Typically this is used to force padding and end of record processing when a CR LF sequence is found in a TO3XB translation An example of the source statement for this is FROM HEX XBA EOR Comment ODOA B Y If CR LF then pad and write Pad Character Contains the value B for blank hex 40 or N for null hex 00 ora hexadecimal representation of a selected pad character If a pad character is not specified and the utility needs to pad a record the character specified in the TRAIL statement will be used If that statement is not used padding is done with blanks End of Record Action Marks the end of the current record being translated upon detection of the FROM HEX characters used in FROMPC or TO3XB translation It can be
63. on the AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EBCDIC to the ASCII character set in fixed length records See the EDITABLE and COMPILE procedures for more information on creating new translation table files The default value is ETOA1 T Mac Users either ETOAIM for records Do not use the xlate file default value You must use variable length records or ETOA2M for fixed length xlat size record len input specs spec lib optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default value is 1000 optional is the record length of the output file AS 400 label2 The default value is 128 is the name of the field definition member in user library spec lib These are standard F and I file input RPG specifications defining the file and its fields See Appendix D Creating F amp I Specifications for more information on creating the F and I RPG specs optional is the library containing the field definition member input specs and the translate table member xlat table If left blank this parameter defaults to the current library ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 28 XLT36PRT Procedure ETU36 XLT36PRT function spool name qualifier A COPYPRT ALL RELEASE FXXX CANCEL TRANSLATE AS 400 label1 da
64. or a user profile with ALLOBJ authority ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 2 Inventory Checklist In addition to this manual package v software cartridge One of the following sets of storage media containing the six 5 25 inch diskettes or one CDROM If this item is missing the following items are included one reel to reel tape from 8 30 to 5 30 Central Standard Time Security Considerations When you firs performed by associated wi to Table 1 1 lis For more info eg the th or to limit CS rma eceive ETU system securi each func the number of the tion about sec there are some f tion may be changed unctions that can only be QSECOFR The security leve to allow more users acce ticular ETU function ty officer user for a par Inside urity with ETU see Appendix A contact NLynx Customer Service at 888 NLynx67 1 ss ETU functions and the security required to use them ETU NOTE ALLOBJ all power commands on the this user profile use If a user profile contains special authority rs with that p ETU Main from SPCAUT value you must change the user profile SPCAUT value rofile automatically have access to the menu To revoke the power commands fr removing ALLOBJ ETU om Systems with security level of 10 or 20 will automatically have ALLOBJ in SPCAUT ETU4
65. parameter was DIF If the TRANSLATE type is DIF change the FRMMBR value to either FILE FIRST or LAST PROBLEM USR9013 DOS error code 0C General failure Probable error media error CAUSE The diskette disk adapter detected an error while trying to work with the diskette disk SOLUTION Make sure the diskette drive closing mechanism is fully latched Replace the diskette if in question The diskette may have been damaged during storage or formatted incorrectly If the error remains or happens on a hard disk then run DOS diagnostic programs to determine if the diskette disk unit is having hardware problems See Also MAC ERRORS at the end of this doc PROBLEM USR9970 Invalid DIF header statements in the PC formatted file CAUSE While reading the DIF header statements the DATA header item was not encountered or was incorrectly specified SOLUTION Check that the DATA record is followed by a record containing 0 0 and another record containing ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 11 PROBLEM USR9971 A DIF record found in PC file has record Length greater than allowed maximum of 258 CAUSE The library containing the ETU programs is not in your library list SOLUTION Add the library containing the ETU programs to your library list CAUSE While translating a DIF BASICS or TAB formatted file into the host format field over 258 bytes was encountered DIF fields are terminated by an End of File norma
66. record length will be 12 greater than the record length specified in the RECL parameter Note that SRCSEQ can be specified even if the file is not translated in which case untranslated data would be sequenced ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 49 TRANSLATE TRANSFILE Determines whether the data is to be translated what type of translation is to be performed and if so TEXT or YES The qualified file resides in ASCII Text format and is to be translated for the AS 400 This is the default DIF alified fil translated fo sides in DIF format and is the AS 400 The qu to be aE ARS BASICS alified fil and is to be The qu format sides in BASIC Sequential translated for the AS 400 TAB uential ters and The qu forma is to alified fil resides in BASIC Seq with tab character field delimi be translated for the AS 400 NO or NONE No translation is to be performed file is transferred to the host it reside in the original ASCII format format that currently exists on the After the will still or in the micro The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used when a translation is specified The default translate file name is TRANSLATE Mac Users There are two files you can use If you use the default file TRANSLATE the member names have an M on the end
67. records Mac Tables ETOAIM EBCDIC to ASCII variable length records ETOA2M EBCDIC to ASCII fixed length records ATOE1M ASCII to EBCDIC SRCFILE The qualified name of the source physical file containing the translation table source The default value is TRANSSRC Library The name of the library containing the SCRFILE LIBL is a valid library TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the physical file to contain the compiled table is TRANSLATE ETU400 User Guide 011603 It is created if not found in the library containing the The default file ETU programs 10 4 Mac Users If you use the TRANSFILE default TRANSLATE the member names will have an M on the end of the name for example ATO Mac tables are also shipped in a translate file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name example ATOE1 E1M for The Library TRANSMBR The name of the library containing the TRANSFILE valid library LIBL is a The member name for the compiled table If the default of SRCMBR is specified the name used will be the same as the one specified for the SRCMBR parameter ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 5 EDTUDF Command The EDTUD menu WSM this func to the ET To adda command 1 profile of users user s pr enter the type ETDU When the descripti user defi F command allows you to add user defined optio
68. rt of the IBM AS 400 Application Development on SEU refer to the IBM manual AS 400 ference Manual and User s Guide SC21 7722 the source file to be worked with me of the library containing the SRCFILE file ame library in which ETU is stored LIBL is the t the source physical file member to be edited or SRCFILE para PRV SELECT source file ETU400 User Guide 011603 default value depends on whether you specify the meter The default if you do not specify the SCRFILE parameter PRV selects the name of the previous source member used The default if you do specify a value in the SRCFILE parameter Select a member to edit display print or remove member name The name of the member you are creating or editing It is recommended that a new member be created for update copying one of the originally supplied members PC DOS Members ETOA1 EBCDIC to ASCII ETOA2 EBCDIC to ASCII ATOE1 ASCII to EBCDIC ATOE3 ASCII to EBCDIC variable length fixed length variable and fixed length print translation Mac Members ETOAIM EBCDIC to ASCII variable length ETOA2M EBCDIC to ASCII fixed length ATOE1M ASCII to EBCDIC 10 45 TYPE TEXT The type of source to b dited or created Specify any combination up to 10 characters or one of the AS 400 types supported by SEU SAME Specifies that the same source type is used as when t
69. the device or devices to which the file is being transferred QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to be transferred If you are transferring a file to multiple micros the file name including the path name must be identical on each micro For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 MICLST1 The device name of the source micro The default REQUESTER transfers the file from the micro on which the PCTOPC command is currently being run To transfer a file from a different micro enter the device name of the micro You must be authorized to use the device you specify in this parameter or the transfer will fail NOTE This parameter must be changed from REQUESTER to the name of the source micro when you run this command in batch mode MICLST2 The device name of the micro to which the file is being transferred You can transfer the file to up to ten micros To transfer the file to more than one micro enter the device name of each micro You must be authorized to us ach devic you specify in this parameter or the transfer will fail Enter a plus sign here and press ENTER to display multiple MICLST2 prompts Each device you transfer to must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 9 Transferring Files Between Multiple Maces If you are t
70. then you can specify the new table As an example the screen in Figure 4 1 displays when you select WSMENUS option 1 FROM3XB This command transfers data from the host to the micro Note that the preset translation table file name is TRANSLATE To correctly translate the data for the Mac you must change the value to MACTAB Figure 4 1 The FROM3XB prompt screen Transfer from 3X CFROM3XB Type choices press Enter File name 4 4 Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name bdo Bod Aa be ce FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST SAVE file type he onus NO YES NO Strip seq date field Peel ath ths duet NO YES NO Type of translate TEXT NO TEXT DIF BASICS Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ee ETOA1 Name Record length Q existing net FILE 0 9989 FILE DDS or F amp I file name NONE Name NONE DDS Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ete ueneed FILE Name FILE FIRST LAST Qualified file name More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys Table 4 1 lists the ETU commands that require a translation table file name value It also lists the commands corresponding WSMENUS option numbers For these commands Mac users must change the TRANSLATE parameter to MACTAB
71. this to a standard zoned decimal number field You may need to change the dates in Excel to Century format and then transfer to the AS400 using P packed instead of L PROBLEM Adv36 running SSP and OS400 environment OS400 side running CPF5149 IO error was detected Xlation ETU400 is launched by WSMENUS File is located on the QS36F library CAUSE QS36F is not in the library list SOLUTION Add the QS36F library to the library list ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 16 PROBLEM CPF5149 I O error detected in XLATIN Using 36 commands Customer has to end the procedure that creates the file to be transferred before it will transfer successfully CAUSE Need detailed printing of joblog using dspjoblog command Prompt with F4 and change output to print to get details Look for sharing errors or errors with subfile Problem typically occurs in S36 mode This is not an ETU problem but a system problem SOLUTION Make certain that the system defaults for the CRTPF have not been modified NO for sharing PROBLEM CPF5035 Data mapping error on member XX CAUSE A data mapping error occurred on field amp 4 in record number amp 5 record format amp 7 member number amp 8 in member amp 1 file amp 2 in library amp 3 because of error code amp 6 The error codes and their meanings follow 1 There is data in a decimal field that is not valid 2 A significant digit was truncated 3 A floating point value exceeded
72. to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 3 Allocate a Micro File The ALOCATB Command The ALOCATB command creates a new fil ALOCATB Example In this example you are in emulation PC s c drive called sales feb in the c reports sales feb 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main The ETU Utilities menu displays on the microcomputer and want to create a file on the reports directory menu 2 Choose option 1 from the ETU Utilities menu The ALOCATB prompt screen displays 3 At the Qualified file name prompt you want to create c reports sales feb 4 Press ENTER to start the command Figure 7 2 The ALOCATB prompt screen nter the name for the micro file ETU will now create the file on the PC Allocate a micro file CALOCATB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Display status messages YES F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F24 More keys YES NO Bottom F13 How to use this display ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 4 Delete an Existing File The DELETEB Command Just as you may need to allocate create files on a microcomputer while in emulation you may also need to delete files The DELETEB command deletes any micro file ETU will send you a completion message if it doesn t find the file you want to delete Enter NO at the NOTIFY prompt if you don t want ETU to
73. truncate indicates that once the current host record is filled the micro will to the host only after sequence in the qualified fil translation table is defined in the 40 41 in Chapter 8 To fold indicates filled will be written w Allows you to dele has been transfe any additional data for that record as it resided on be lost Additionally the record is written ETU reads an end of record character rapped te the micro file rred to the host Th delete the file specify YES Saves the current later tim Th command with the The default is NO YES and enter th To sav VWSAVROS The file name of the transla translation is specified request definition is parameter values as you hav NO is the default nd of record character see Table 8 1 position that once the current host record is any additional data existing for that micro record into the next AS 400 record after it To on the micro request definition so it can be used at a the completed PWRTO3XB specified them the requ The name of the SAVRQS req request name can be up to To recall th st definition specify request name you desire uest definition The ten characters long use the ETU command tion tabl The default saved request file to be used when translate file name is TR
74. user defined option executes immediately after the user chooses the option When you specify EXE for the mode you are prompted to enter values for the command you specified in the Function parameter Each time you choose the menu option the command executes using the same values for the parameters as specified when the user defined function was created ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 6 EDTUDF Notes Up to ten user defined functions can be added to the ETU menu The first time you start the EDTUDF utility where no user defined functions have previously been created the utility will be in add mode While in add mode you may create as many user defined functions as you like up to ten Each time you start the EDTUDF utility after you add one or more user defined functions it will be in change mode To place EDTUDF in add mode use the F9 function key While in change mode you can change or delete a user defined function or display an extended view of an existing user defined function To change a user defined function enter 1 next to the function you want to change and press ENTER Change the function by typing over the existing text To delete a user defined function enter 2 next to the function you want to delete and press ENTER To display an extended view of a function enter 3 next to the function and press ENTER Extended view allow
75. width allowable in OS 400 In the current version of ETU 400 the prompt for column width is 999 characters However the latest version of OS 400 allows a column width of only 378 e A new translation table is included e ETU 400 contains a new translation table for host to PC file EBCDIC to ASCII file translations The new translation table ETOA3 is for fixed length records and is suitable for some postal IRS and banking applications e The RMVETU command has been reimplemented The RMVETU command which gracefully removes ETU from your AS 400 has been reimplemented S Appendix A for details This version of ETU is compatible with most of the earlier versions ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 5 Features of Version 5 041 ETU 400 RISC Version 5 041 represents an incremental maintenance releas We have modified the installation procedure for this version so that an IBM PTF does not need to be installed on the host prior to the installation of ETU 400 RISC Details With V3R7 of OS 400 the previous release of ETU 400 RISC 5 04 required IBM PTF SP36296 to be installed on the AS 400 prior to the installation of the ETU RISC CD ROM On OS 400 V3R7 the handling of Optical Files OPTFILE on the Restore Object RSTOBJ OS 400 command was changed In V3R6 the parameter OPTFILE defaulted to the SAVLIB On V3R7 this parameter needed to be explicitly specified IBM PTF SP36296 made the Restor
76. 0 9 Library TRANSMBR RECL FLDDEFFILE FLDDEFMBR QFNAME1 SAVRQS Request Name The library containing the source for the translation tables LIBL is the default The TRANSFILE member nam The default name is EBCDIC to ASCII table supplied with ETU ETOA2 ETOAI should be used an for fixed length record translations The record length of the translation work file Valid record length entries ar FILE The record length of the FRMFILE file is used 1 9989 The record length for the translation work file If an ASCII fixed record length translation is to be performed specify FILE o produce the desired fi are not translating to ASCII fixed length records that could allow for better specify any record length performance by buffering Specifies the fil If the file being transfe the translation type is either must specify a source physical physical file data description specifications and input F amp I that d he data fines the fil If the file being transfer with ei ther DDS or F amp I specifications o DIF TAB or BAS specifications DDS red was previously r is translation type us DDS The FLDDEFFILE one of FILE Transfers th the default member name the following values NONE or You can enter the memb le If you you may being transferr
77. 00 which are files in either TAB BASICS or DIF format Before you can transfer a field oriented file the file must be defined with DDS specs DDS specs are not needed when transferring straight text files TEXT format DDS specs are created using the Programming Development Manager PDM utility on the AS 400 In order to use PDM you must have authority to it Your system administrator can verify whether you will be able to use PDM To create DDS specs for a file you must know how each field in the file is defined For example you should know the field name field length and whether the field is numeric or alphabetic This appendix shows you how to create DDS specs with PDM by providing an example for you to follow ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 2 Creating DDS Specifications In order to transfer field oriented data like that found in spreadsheets or databases you must create a template that tells the AS 400 where each field begins and ends and what type of data will be in each field This is done with DDS specs or F amp I specs S Appendix D for a detailed explanation of creating F amp I specs The PDM utility on the AS 400 is used to create the DDS In this example you will see how to create DDS specs that allow a PC file to be transferred and properly formatted on the AS 400 The PC file is called SAMPLE and was created using a PC spreadsheet application The PC spreadsheet file is repr
78. 00 9999 ONLY LAST Job name or for current job Name User name Name Job number 000000 999999 Name of COPYSPLF on host PCPRINT Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL COPYFILE member name FILE Name FILE Control character FCFC FCFC PRTCTL NONE PAGE SIZE Length Lines page 66 001 255 PAGE WINDOW FROM column QQ1 001 999 TO column 132 001 999 More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 11 PRTXTOPC Example Suppose you have a host spool file on the host that you want to print on the PC Before you transfer the file to the PC you will translate it on the host to keep the transfer time to a minimum After the spool file has been translated on the host you will transfer it to the PC using the FROM3XB command The host spool file is called LETTER2 You will run the CPYSPLF command within the context of the PRTXTOPC command 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main menu The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 9 from the ETU Utilities menu The PRTXTOPC screen displays 3 At the PC data prompt enter the name of the file to which the host spool file will be translated print2 4 At the Action to perform prompt enter the type of translation copyprt 5 At the Spool file name prompt enter the name of the spool file to be tra
79. 00 User Guide 011603 1 3 Hardware and Software Requirements The host and microcomputer hardware and software required by ETU are described below Hardware Requirements In order to run ETU you must have the following hardware components e IBM AS 400 and one of the following e IBM PC IBM PS 2 or compatible e Apple Mac System 8 0 to OSX Software Requirements The AS 400 requires e Operating System 400 Version 1 Release 3 or higher e Source Entry Utility SEU NOTE You must specify if your machine is a CISC or RISC version e Each PC requires e Windows 32 bit operating systems Win95 Win98 SE ME XP or 2000 e One of the NLynx Technologies Inc ES32 products ES PCI ES Remote ES TCP ES 3XTwin ES Server or ES Client e Each Apple Mac requires e OS8 or OS9 e MacMidrange Client or TCP Axcess by NLynx Technologies Inc Note Many older products including DOS Unix and Windows 3 1 will work with ETU also but they are not supported by NLynx Technologies Rule of thumb if it worked in the past and the operating system was not upgraded it will probably still work ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 4 Features of Version 5 02 This version of ETU has several new features that didn t exist in Version 5 01 or earlier including e The maximum column width is supported e ETU 400 supports print translations to the maximum column
80. 0001 00 0002 00 0003 00 FSAMPLE IP F ISAMPLE 128 NS DISK KK K K K K K K K KE KK K K K K End of data KK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type Data area n r E I F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt t Sequence number 0002 00 2 2 tet O aah eA okie 5s 26 1 17 NAME F11 Previous record F24 More keys Column 6 is the Form Type and must contain the letter I which designates this record as an input specification Use columns 44 through 47 to enter the beginning position of the Name field ETU400 User Guide 011603 This field starts at position 1 D 8 Use columns 48 through 51 to enter the ending position of the Name field This field ends in position 17 Use columns 53 through 58 to title the field for reference This example calls the field NAME After you press Enter the input specification you ve just created moves to the top of the screen ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 9 9 Display the next statement number by typing Il over the first two positions of the line containing statement 0003 00 and pressing Enter When the new statement line is displayed press F4 to display a prompt in which to enter the input specification 10 The field statement number 0004 00 appears Here you will define the second field in the SAMPLE file Enter the data exactly as shown in the data area prompt at the bot
81. 11603 E 13 PROBLEM USR9988 ETU encountered information not identified as part of an ETU process This is sort of a catchall for ETU problems not previously identified and clarified CAUSE Trying to type during a transfer SOLUTION Do not key inside the emulation screen during a transfer Do not press lt Enter gt on the message regarding the number of day s left CAUSE This could happen if the disk just got full SOLUTION Check the disk space on the PC ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 14 CPF MESSAGES These are the same as User Failures except it was call by a program Call Program Fault PROBLEM Getting CPF4101 File amp 2 in library amp 3 not found or inline data file missing when doing a file transfer CAUSE The file was not opened The reason code is below The reason codes and their meanings are as follows 01 The library does not exist 02 The file does not exist The library does exist 03 The file does not exist The library specified as LIBL 04 The file was saved with storage freed 07 An inline data file does not exist 08 A diskette file with SPOOL YES is being opened for a read operation and an inline data file does not exist 10 The file on the remote system does not exist 11 The library on the remote system does not exist SOLUTION When you get this error move your cursor on top of the message and hit F1 to get more details Do one of the following based on
82. 15 The PDM screen Work with Members Using PDM NLRISC File QDDSSRC Library QGPL Position to Type options press Enter 2 Edit 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Print 7 Rename 8 Display description 9 Save 13 Change text 14 Compile 15 Create module Opt Member Type Text BASICTST PF QDSIGNON SAMPLDDS PF sample DDS spec SAMPLE PF DDS spec for sample file transfer Bottom Parameters or command gt F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F6 Create F9 Retrieve F1 Command entry F23 More options F24 More keys Member SAMPLE in file QGPL QDDSSRC changed with 5 records ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 17 Appendix D CREATING F amp I SPECIFICATIONS About This Appendix Creating DDS Specifications ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 1 About This Appendix On the AS 400 files can be defined with Data Definition Specifications DDS or Format and Input specifications F amp I This appendix explains how to define files using F amp I specs F amp I specs define field oriented files on the AS 400 which are files in either TAB BASICS or DIF format Before you can transfer a field oriented file the file must be defined with F amp I specs F amp I specs are not needed when transferring straight text files TEXT format F amp I specs are created using the Source Entry Utility SEU on the AS 400 In order to use SEU you must have the proper authority Your system administrator can verify for y
83. 36 oon NIO 8 8 8 8 8 8 aloft at oa ot oa ot oa oto ot oo os Q DW PP ofloj yrnt a oO amp w hr o a t AAT Hill U1 J a se 55 OP Cid e a 67 43 e a o aE o o 2 3 4 5 7 8 2 3 4 5 7 106 ETU400 User Guide 011603 d _ OlO O O O O O NI O O1 AION oO fon oO fon DIDI AIA oy on D 3 ajalool nje m O Q F 4 97 28 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 o a 4a Pp 1852 P 153 1de P 157 160 a N N co NE D ojx Os Gd nje jji par i N jee j of ofofo o oa oa oa oa BY BR OO OO OO OO ww a eolo NID Oo Bop _ P A _ ol N PP PlLololwolwo No Ojo ejoj D aje oOo Oo ojo NIO O O o O J A m eo LOL Q WIR wo mfr a mS wl rm rR of a J Gl ALAS olaj w 91 93 Ne D N D ws Go ETU400 User Guide 011603 F 5 s o o SSS e ojojo CO N aaja Oy OI e Rho lan K lt o OjO oj f ETU400 User Guide 011603 F 6 x e 95 p PBF ETU400 User Guide 011603 F 7 Appendix G System 36 mode Commands This appendix contains the commands used to emulate ETU36 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 1 About This Appendix
84. 3XB above in order to send files from multiple micros to the same destination directory using PCFROMPC you must rename any files sent in a first transfer before performing a second transfer This procedure is necessary because when files are transferred from multiple micros to a single micro the resulting file names on the destination micro are the device names from which the data was transferred For example a file sent from Device 1 will end up on the receiving micro as a file named devicel A file sent that was from Device 2 would be nameddevice2 Because of this naming convention any files sent in a second file transfer from the same named micros to the same receiving micro directory will end up with exactly the same names as the files sent in the first transfer device 1 device 2 etc As a result the files sent in the second transfer will overwrite the data sent in the first transfer To avoid this use PWRRENAMEB to rename the files resulting from the first transfer ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 7 The parameters used with PCFROMPC multiple device transfer are described below Qualified file name MICLST1 MICLST2 ETU400 User Guide 011603 The name of the file to be transferred If you are transferring a file from multiple micros the file name including the path name must be identical on each micro The device name of the source micro s To transfer a file from more tha
85. A means of creating external file definitions on the AS 400 With DDS you will define each field within the file you are defining DDS are created using the AS 400 facility Source Entry Utility DIF One of four micro file formats supported by ETU DIF files are usually created with spreadsheet applications such as LOTUS 1 2 3 Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code A set of characters used by IBM midrange computers and display stations to represent data See also ASCII character set Emulator Transfer Utility AS 400 utility that transfers files to or from 5250 emulators The best around F amp I host system IBMTRAN interactive processing job queue logical file OCL output queue physical file System 36 mode Tab format Text format ETU400 User Guide 011603 Format and Input specifications A means of creating internal file definitions on the AS 400 ETU supports F amp I specs The AS 400 computer and its peripherals An interface program for PCs that is included with ETU It allows non ES32 emulation packages to be used with ETU One of two ways of running jobs on the AS 400 along with batch processing A job that is run interactively begins being processed the instant it is executed from the workstation The workstation is tied up for other purposes until the job is complete A waiting area on the AS 400 where batch jobs are sent to wait for processi
86. ANSLATE The file TRANSLATE is in the library containing the ETU programs Mac Users There are two files you can use If you use the default file TRANSLATE the member names have an M on the end of the name for example ATOE1M The Mac translation members are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ATOE1 Library name The name of library containing the translation table fil The default LIBL searches all libraries in the user s library list Member name The TRANSLATE member nam The default member name is ATOE1 an ASCII to EBCDIC table supplied with the ETU FLDDEFFILE Library name Member name The source physical file containing the data description specifications DDS or a RPG file containing F and I specifications Use the default NONE if you are transferring a file to an existing host file specified in the F LIBL user s library list default DDS ETU400 User Guide 011603 The library containing the source physical file i DDEFFI I F parameter The searches FILE all libraries in the The source physical file member containing the The default uses the member with the 10 39 same name as the source file ENTRY PGM The name of any user specified to transferring the file ntry program to be run prior Library name The name of the library containing the specifi
87. AS 400 file to be translated YMD format AS 400 label2 is the label name of the file that will contain the results of the translation process the workstation formatted data This name cannot already be on the AS 400 disk when this procedure is called retain optional is the file retention how long the file is to exist for the translated AS 400 label2 Allowed values are T or J Specifying T results in the file existing indefinitely until specifically deleted and specifying J will result in the file being automatically deleted at the end of the current AS 400 job The default value is T ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 27 reformat xlat file optional specifies the type of data translation to take place on the AS 400 file TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into an ASCII text format DIF the file is to be translated into a DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into a BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters no translation of the file is to be performed the default NONI Gl optional is the translation table file on the AS 400 disk Translation file member ETOA1 is provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette and can be used to translate from the EBCDIC to the ASCII character set in variable length records Translation file member ETOA2 is provided
88. BLES About This Chapter About Translation Tables Modifying a Translation Table Make a Copy of the Original Table Editing the Translation Table Translation Table Record Format Sample Translation Table Compiling the New Translation Member Naming the New Member ADVANCED ETU FEATURES About This Chapter Multiple device Transfer Transferring From Multiple Micros Using PWRTO3XB Transferring a Host File to Multiple Micros Micro to micro Transfers The PCFROMPC Command The PCTOPC Command Transferring Files Between Multiple Maces Mac File Transfer Examples If InterAxcess is located at the root level of the hard drive If InterAxcess is one or more folders deep Record and Field Selection About Creating Auxiliary Storage Pools Transferring Selected Fields Field Selection Example 1 Field Selection Example 2 Transferring Selected Records Record Selection Example1 Record Selection Example 2 Entry and Exit Programs Example Deleting Files After Transfer ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 3 7 3 7 4 7 4 7 5 7 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 1 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 9 8 10 8 10 9 1 9 3 9 3 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 7 9 9 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 12 9 12 9 14 9 15 9 16 9 17 9 17 9 18 9 18 Saving Request Definitions Re using Request Definitions Performing Batch Transfers Batch Transfer Example Time and Date Scheduling Time and Date Scheduling Example ETU COMMAND REFERENCE ALOCATB Com
89. CL script and modify it The line that needs to change will look similar to this FROM3XB FRMFILE GEORGE QFNAME 1 a george txt and you must change it to C george txt PROBLEM When try to do a transfer get a message after the EMULATOR CHECK that says USR3255 return from native code processor CAUSE This is often the same error as USR9987 but occurs when command is called from a CL script Technically it means Select Omit statement has too many parameters SOLUTION If you have our ES32 emulation make certain that ETU is enabled e Select the Session menu then Properties e Select the API tab e Make certain there is a check in Enable ETU e Also make certain that the CL script is called by the PC that is running our emulation ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 22 PROBLEM CPF0818 Value cannot be converted to type implied by receiver CAUSE The value to be converted and the receiving field are different data types SOLUTION Change the contents of the field to be converted or the type of the receiver field and then try the Change Variable CHGVAR command again More information on data conversion in control language CL programs and proper formats of different constant types can be found in the CL Reference manual CAUSE Made a change to the system message reply so that they didn t transfer empty files and this is when they started to get the error SOLUTION Change it back and I
90. CLIST The device name of the target micro The default REQUESTER transfers the file to the micro from which you initiate the command To transfer the file to multiple micros enter the name of each device You must be authorized to us ach device you specify in the MICLIST parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it Enter a plus sign and press ENTER to display multiple MICLST prompts Bach target device must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed NOTE This parameter must be changed from REQUESTER when you run the PWRFROM3XB command in batch mode ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 6 Micro to micro Transfers In addition to allowing file transfers between a micro and a host ETU allows you to transfer files directly from one micro to another micro Use the ETU commands PCFROMPC and PCTOPC to transfer files between multiple micros The PCFROMPC command allows you to transfer a file from multiple micros to a single micro The PCTOPC command allows you to transfer a file from one micro to multiple micros The PCFROMPC Command To transfer a file from multiple micros to a single micro specify the name of the file to be transferred the device or devices from which the file is being transferred and the device to which the file is to be transferred As with PWRTO
91. CNLRISCLIF F1 Unfold Fold F3 Exit ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 52 ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 53 XLATEFROM Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values PC data file name PCDATA PC data file on the host Library name LIBL library name PC member name PCMBR FILE member name Host output data file TOFILE host file name Library name LIBL library name Host output file member MBR FILE name host member name Record length RECL FILE 0 9989 File Type FILETYPE DATA SRC Add seq date field SRCSEQ NO or YES Type of translation TRANSLATE TEXT or YES DIF BASICS TAB Translation file name TRNSFILE TRANLATE MACTAB File name Library name LIBL library name Member name TRANSMBR ATOE1 member name Truncate text TRUNCATE NO YES Job description JOBD job description Library name LIBL library name Field translation FLDDEFFILE DDS definition file name DDS or F amp I file name Library name LIBL library name Member name FLDDEFMBR FILE FIRST LAST member name The XLATEFROM command translates a file that was received from the micro via the TO3XB command It is used where it would be advantageous to perform the translation process at a later time for instance on a long distance line where connection time is being kept to a minimum This command can be put in a job queue by using the SB
92. DDEFFILE The default FILE uses the member with the same name as the file specified in FLDDEFFILE GI QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to be transferred For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 SAVRQS Saves the current request definition so it can be used at a later time The request definition is this completed TO3XB command with the parameter values as you have specified them The default is NO To save the request definition specify YES and enter the request name you desire Request Name The name of the SAVAROS request definition The request name can be up to ten character long To recall the saved request use the ETU command VWSAVRQS DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 51 VWSAVRQS Command The VWSAVROS command displays the request definitions saved with the FROM3XB PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB PCTOPC PCFROMPC and TO3XB commands Once you display the request definitions you can run them interactively or submit the power commands to batch You can also change or delete any of the saved requests You may take action on more than one saved request at a time To use the command enter VWSAVROS on the AS 400 command line This displays all previously saved requests made by the user executing the VWSAVR
93. DOA If the TRAIL statement has been specified th nd of record condition is met when the remainder of the input record being processed contains only the character specified in the TO HEX field of the TRAIL statement EOF statement This statement defines the action to be taken upon end of file on the file being translated This can be used to write the end of file character hex 1A in the record before closing the file to be sent to the micro with the FROM3XB command The EOF is coded in position 1 through 4 of the translation table source TRAIL statement This statement specifies the trailing character to be stripped in a FROM3XB translate and the default pad character for a TO3XB translate TRAIL is coded in positions 1 through 6 and the trailing character in hex is coded in position 19 and 20 No other data except comments is valid in this statement 1 9 Thes ntries define additional End of Record and file TO H characters This statement is coded with the in position 1 and the number one through nine in position 2 The remainder of the FROM HEX field positions 3 through 18 must be blank The only valid entries on this statement are the TO HEX characters and comments ea x Comment statements Comment statements can be included in the translation table source by coding in positions 1 and 2 ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 8 Sample Translation Table
94. E Type choices press Enter Name of PCPRINT file on host gt PCPRINT Name Library name gt QTEMP Name LIBL Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys The screen you get with 1 Copyprt Figure 10 2 The PRTFROM3X Transfer prompt screen Transfer from 3X CFROM3XB Type choices press Enter File name gt PCPRINT Name Library name F gt QTEMP Name LIBL Type of translate gt NONE NO TEXT DIF BASICS Qualified file name gt C PCPRINT LST Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys The screen that you get with 2 Copyprt amp Transfer ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 19 PRTTO3X Command Parameter description Qualified file name Output queue Library name Lines per page Lines per inch Characters per inch Form width Overflow line number Type of form label Number of copies Place job on hold Translation table name Library name Translation table member name Parameter name OFNAME OUTQ LPI CRE WIDTH OVERFLOW FORMTY PE COPII Gl n HOLD TRANSFILI Gl TRANSMBR Parameter values micro file name host output queue name LIBL library name 66 lines per page 6 lines per inch 10 characters per inch 132 form width 63 overflow line STD forms type 1 number of copies NO or YES T
95. EL specifies that print spool items are no longer needed deleted from the print spool will be taken on the spool item optional is the date of the AS 400 CO AS 400 label YMD format ETU400 User Guide 011603 spool items after the print If omitted the EDITABLE and on creating new ETOA1 garding the reports have copied print ill print at the the copied and are to be no action PYPRT file G 23 file size from window to window workstation file name optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process value is 1000 optional is the print column position of the report s on which to start translation Any number from 1 to 198 is valid The default value is 1 optional is the print column position of the The default report s on which to end translation Any number from 1 to 198 must be equal to or larger than the number specified in from window is valid is 132 The default value is the name of the workstation file that receives the print file from the AS 400 For additional information see About Microcomputer Files on page 3 It ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 24 RENAME Function ETU36 RENAME workstation file name new file name The RENAME procedure changes the filename of a workstation file workstation file name is the
96. ES NLynx grants You a non exclusive license to use the Software in this Package according to the terms set forth below You may Operate the Software on one computer at a time unless the Installation Manual specifies that this Software may be used on a greater number of computers Make one backup copy of the Software which automatically becomes the property of NLynx and is subject to this Agreement Transfer the Software to a single hard disk drive or other permanent storage device for Your own use and keep the original Software as a second backup copy Make such other use of the Software as is specifically permitted by the Installation Manual relating to the Software ETU400 User Guide 011603 ii PROHIBITED USES You may not Make the Software available to any person or entity other than Your employees who must use the Software as specified above You may however after written notification to NLynx transfer all but not a lesser portion of the Software and related manuals to another person or entity who in turn will be subject to this Agreement Modify the Software or merge it with another program Any modified or merged portion of the Software is subject to this Agreement Reverse engineer disassemble decompile or make any attempt to discover the source code to the Software Translate or create derivative works based on the Software Remove obscure
97. ETOPC Procedure LIBRFRPC Procedure LIBRTOPC Procedure PRNTFRPC Procedure PRNTTOPC Procedure RENAME Function TESTFILE Procedure XLT36FIL Procedure XLT36PRT Procedure XLTPCFIL Procedure XLTPCPRT Procedure Appendix H INTERNATIONAL TRANSLATION TABLES Installing International Translation Table Appendix I ETU AUTOMATION ETU400 Automation AUTOMATION MECHANISMS SBMBATXFER SBMSCHJOB ETU THROUGHPUT CONSIDERATIONS ETU THROUGHPUT CONSIDERATIONS What kind of throughput can I expect ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 10 G 13 G 15 G 18 G 21 G 23 G 25 G 26 G 27 G 29 G 31 G 33 H 1 H 1 H 2 I 1 I 1 I 2 1 2 1 2 J 1 J 2 J 2 viii Part One Getting Started Getting Started is intended for all users of ETU It describes how to install and how to use ETU If you are new to ETU you will be introduced to concepts and terms that will help you master it 2 1 Installing ETU 3 1 Using ETU 4 1 Learning About ETU Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION Welcome to ETU What ETU Can Do For You Inventory Checklist Security Considerations Hardware and Software Requirements Hardware Requirements Software Requirements Features of Versions Notes to Mac Users Compatibility with Non NLynx ES32 products Native Mode and System 36 Mode 1 1 Welcome to ETU ETU is a host software package that allows you to transfer files between an IBM AS 400 host computer and one or more microco
98. ETU Main menu To revoke the power commands from this user profile you must change the user profile removing ALLOBJ from SPCAUT value Systems with security level of 10 or 20 will automatically have ALLOBJ in SPCAUT Granting Authority to a Command This section describes how to grant and revoke authority to the ETU commands When you grant authority to a power command or any command for that matter you can grant authority for a single user of a group of users Once authority to a command has been granted for a user the command will display on the user s ETU menu To grant authority to a power command 1 Sign on to the AS 400 as QSECOFR 2 Enter the GRTOBJAUT command grant object authority on the command line and prompt press F4 grtobjaut 3 Enter the name of the command to which you wish to grant authority 4 Explicitly grant authority to each user who will be authorized to use the command It is not necessary to grant authority to commands other than the power commands These commands can be used by all users because of their PUBLIC object authority ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 9 Revoking Authority From a Command When you revoke authority to a command the users from whom the command is revoked will no longer be able to use the command nor will the command s menu option display on ETU menus How you revoke authority depends on the command you are revoking To revok
99. Edit Screen after F4 prompt Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF Asses neki T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 44 44 44444 4444444 4444444 44 KR K K KK K K K KKK KKK Beginning of data FKK K K K K K K K 2K 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK 0001 00 KKK K K K K K K KEK K K K KK End of data KK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type PF Sequence number 0001 00 Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use R RECORD Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F1i Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 c 9 8 The DDS Edit screen shown in Figure C 8 appears Position the cursor in column 1 of line 0001 00 then type the letters IP Press ENTER The letter I places SEU in insert mode and the letter P allows you to be prompted to enter the next record Figure C 8 The SEU Edit Screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF Nevers es T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 44 4444444 444444444444444 KR RK KKK KKK KKK Beginning of data OBR K K K K K K 2K 2K 2K 2K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK 2K 2K K K IPQ1 00 R RECORD 030107 KK K K K K K K K KE K K K K K K End of data KK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K
100. FFilenameIPEAF RlLenLK1AIOvKlocEDevice KExit Entry A U1 FK K KKK KK KK K K K KKK Beginning of data FK K 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK 0001 00 FSAMPLE IP F 128 DISK 0002 00 ISAMPLE NS 0003 00 I 1 17 NAME 0004 00 I 18 52 TITLE 0005 00 I 53 6 2SALARY 0006 00 KK K K K K K K K KK KK K K K K End of data FKK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type Ek Sequence number 0006 00 Data area A E EE E E E E O AE ES AE NES I 61 76 CITY F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 13 Fi2 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys The Type entry is not H F E L I C O or U Cposition 6 Column 6 is the Form Type and must contain the letter I which designates Use colum ns 44 through 47 field This field starts a Use colum Use colum ns 48 through 51 This field ends ns 53 through 58 calls the field CITY If you need to make any co move the cursor to the app that the prompt screen now type you have selected Tab key to move to the and press ENT ER ETU400 User Guide 011603 in position 76 this record as an input specification to enter the beginning position of the City t position 61 to enter the ending position of the City field to title the field for r
101. Guide 011603 2 2 Installing ETU ETU on the AS 400 ETU software install load the register your copy of the To complete registra ETU with NLynx Technologies tion procedure on the AS 400 you will follow these basic steps NOTE Before installing QSECOF security officer R ETU you must sign on to the AS 400 as the NOTE If you ins QS36SRC or QS36P tall RC and any existing data will be lost Installing the ETU Software The ETU installation procedu the softwa copies he AS 40 media tape or diskette to t procedure you must specify ETU is to be installed If the targe contains a prior version of ETU the library with the new version of exist the installation procedure cr F a the library name ETU 0 To begin ta library al If the ates th existing lib rary during the install procedure ned m saved request definitions user defi target library The installation proc authorities from the existing addition you have the option translation tables TRANSLATE tables because most users do and MAC not modi library in of retaining nu op edure to the target TAB fy your old versions of the The default the translation tables ETU to an existing library that contains the files the installation procedure will overwrit th files S re from the distribution the installa
102. Guide 011603 9 16 Record Selection Example Suppose you want to transfer th mploy file described in the previous section from the host to the PC You will transfer only the records of thos mployees earning more than 20 000 per year To do this you will create a test case that transfers the records that meet the following criterion the value in the PAYRAT field is greater than 20 000 1 Enter the file transfer and translation information as you would for any file transfer 2 In the RECSEL Relationship parameter enter IF 3 Enter PAYRAT for the field to be tested Enter GT greater than as the relational operator Enter 20000 for the comparison value When you initiate the command the records that meet the above criteria are transferred Record Selection Example 2 This example shows you how you can use more than one test case to select records It uses the sam mploy file as in the other examples Suppose you want to transfer a file from the host to a PC You will transfer only the records that meet the following set of criteria the value in the PAYRAT field is greater than 20000 and the employee has five or more years of service with the company 1 Enter the file transfer and translation information as you would with any file transfer 2 Enter a plus sign next to the RECSEL parameter and press ENTER This displays 15 prompts each containing the fo
103. ICS TAB DIF or TEXT Check the documentation supplied with your PC software for more information about translating data to one of these formats In order to support the above named formats any file that ETU translates must be defined with the same field definitions as the file being transferred The fields may be defined through the normal Data Description Specifications DDS member associated with the specified file name S the IBM manual AS 400 Programming Data Description Specifications Reference SC21 9620 for information on creating DDS specifications ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 13 Part Two Running ETU Running ETU is intended for all users of ETU It introduces each ETU command and describes how to use the commands An example of how to use each command is also provided Transferring Files Translating Files Working with PC Functions Modifying Translation Tables Advanced ETU Features ETU400 User Guide 011603 Chapter 5 TRANSFERRING FILES About This Chapter Transferring Data Files Transferring Data Files From Host to a Microcomputer The FROM3XB Command FROM3XB Example Transferring Data Files Microcomputer to a Host The TO3XB Command TO3XB Example Transferring Print Files Transferring a Host Spool File to a PC Print File The PRTFROM3X Command PRTFROM3X Example Transferring a PC Print File to a Host The PRTTO3X Command PR
104. ION TRANSLATE the number of lines per page on the spool entry s that was copied The default is 66 T The column of the printed report on which to begin translation This can be used to restrict the copying of either sensitive data or data that has no meaning for the ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 25 current task The specified value must be in the range of 1 to 198 The default value is 1 one TO The column of the printed report on which to end translation This can be used to restrict the copying of either sensitive data or data that has no meaning for the current task The specified value must be in the range of 1 to 198 The default TO column is 132 TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used The default is TRANSLATE T Library The name of the library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is valid TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member name The default member is ETOA1 an EBCDIC to ASCII table supplied with ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 26 PWRDELETEB Command Parameter de Qualified fi Process done micro Notify Opera Display stat scription Parameter name Parameter values le name QFNAME micro file name on which MICLIST REQUESTER device name tor NOTIFY YES or NO us message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO Use PWRDELET EB to delete a PC file on a specified micro from either a PC in emulation mo
105. K K K K K K 2K K 2K K K F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F9 Retrieve F1 Cursor F11 Toggle F16 Repeat find F17 Repeat change F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 10 9 The 0001 00 edit screen shown in Figure C 9 appears Type the required data in each prompt as explained in the following instructions and then press ENTER Figure C 9 SEU Edit screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF Aekbioi hh T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 4 4 4444444 4444444 444444444 RK KKK KKK KKK KKK Beginning of data OBR K K K K K K K 2K 2K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK KKK KEK 0001 00 R RECORD KK K K K K K K K KK K K K K K End of data FKK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type PF Sequence number ee Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use NAME 17 A Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Type NAME in the Name prompt The NAME field is the first field defined in this file shown in Figure C 1 followed by the fields TITLE SALARY and CITY Type the number 17 in the Length prompt be sure to press FIELD EXIT to move to the next field Type the letter A in the Data Type prompt Press ENTER ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 11 10 The 0002 00 edit screen sh
106. K K K K K K KE KK K K K K End of data FKK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 2K K K K K Prompt type PF Sequence number Pet Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use CITY 16 A Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F1i Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Type CITY in the Name prompt Type the number 16 in the Length prompt be sure to press FIELD EXIT to move to the next field Type an A in the Data Type prompt Press ENTER ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 14 13 The Edit screen each field press F3 The DDS for the example is now complete If you made a mistake To insert a line you want the new line to appear after and then press F4 press F3 to exit shown in Figure C 13 to exit the SEU and then press F4 Figure C 13 The SEU Edit screen Press F3 to exit appears When you have defined place the cursor on the line requiring the change place the cursor on the line that Otherwise Columns 1 80 QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF Edit winda A naaee n ee T Name RLen TDpB FUNCtELONS 4 4 44 4444444444444 444444444 KKK K K K K K K KKK K K K Beginning of data KK K K K K K K K OR K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK 0001 00 R 0002 00 0003 00 0004 00 0005 00 rrr RECORD NAME 17A TITLE 35A SALAR
107. MJOB command in that case do not specify the JOBD parameter This command can be executed from any terminal on the host system not necessarily from the connecting micro To use XLATEFROM you must hav xecuted the TO3XB command with the FILETYPE SRCSEQ and TRANSLATE parameters coded as follows filetype data srcseq no translate no PCDATA The host file name containing the untranslated micro data ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 54 Library PCMBR TOFILE Library TOMBR RECL FILETYPE SRCSEQ TRANSLATE default The PCDATA fil The library con m mb The d taining the PCDATA file r nam Eal fault is FILI LIBL is the The qualified file name of the AS 400 file into which the micro data is to be w default The TOFILE be added be clear d befor member name to the file ritten The library containing the TOFILE file the current data FILE The record length of the AS 400 file If you specify SRCSEQ YES in allocating the file is 12 greater than tha to make room for th length this parameter LIBL is the is written the reco If the member does not exist If it does exist it will the member will first The default is It is the actual data rd length used t supplied in sequenc number dat field being added You must specify the record length of the file if th
108. NDIX C ETU COMPATIBILITY About This Appendix Using ETU 5 01 and above with Autokey Batch Files Modifying an Autokey Batch File Example CREATING DDS SPECIFICATIONS About This Appendix ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 47 10 48 10 52 10 52 10 54 10 57 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 10 61 A 1 A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 A 9 A 10 A 10 A 11 A 12 B 1 B 2 B 3 C 1 vi Creating DDS Specifications C 3 APPENDIX D D 1 CREATING F amp l SPECIFICATIONS D 1 About This Appendix D 2 Creating F amp I Specifications D 3 Appendix E E 1 ERROR MESSAGES NATIVE MODE E 1 About This Appendix E 2 USR MESSAGES E 3 TRANSFER PROBLEMS E 4 USER MESSAGES E 5 CPF MESSAGES E 15 SYS MESSAGES E 19 OCL PROBLEMS E 21 Appendix F F 1 ASCII EBCDIC PRINTABLE CHARACTERS F 1 About This Appendix F 2 This appendix lists the ASCII and EBCDIC characters and their hexadecimal equivalents Use this table when you create or modify an ETU translation table F 2 Appendix G G 1 SYSTEM 36 MODE COMMANDS G 1 About This Appendix G 2 Starting ETU in System 36 Mode G 3 The ETU36 Menu G 3 Running ETU in System 36 Mode G 5 Native Commands Not Supported in the System 36 Mode G 5 System 36 mode Commands and Native Mode Equivalents G 5 ALLOCATE Procedure G 6 COMPILE Procedures G 7 DELETE Procedure G 8 EDITABLE Procedure G 9 ETU400 User Guide 011603 vii FILEFRPC Procedure FIL
109. NONE or DDS file name LIBL library name FILE file name program name LIBL library name program name LIBL library name NO or YES 10 35 The PWRTO3XB command performs all the functions of the TO3XB command it transfers files to the AS 400 from a micro and optionally translates the data In addition to these functions PWRTO3XB offers the following additional features Multiple device can be sent of the same to the host The micros involved in a file transfer must platform either DOS based PC or Mac but not both transfer a single file from one or more micros be e Entry and exit programs user defined programs can be specified from within the PWRTO3XB command and executed immediately before and or after the transfer e Reusable request definitions the current request definition be saved fo r reuse at a later time can NOTE Before using PWRTO3XB to transfer multiple files to a single library on the host review Transferring Files With PCFROMPC and PWRTO3XB in Chapter 9 in order to minimize the risk of copying over previously transferred files The parameters for the PWRTO3XB command are described below QFNAME1 MICLST TOFILE The name of the micro file to be transferred to the host For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 The device na
110. NSE FILE EXPENSE MBR c temp expense report txt Note that the command interpreter expects file names on the PC with embedded blanks to be quoted 7 The transfer is really quick ETU400 User Guide 011603 J4 Allocate API ASCII character set BASIC sequential format batch processing data transfer data translation DDS DIF format EBCDIC character set ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 GLOSSARY To create a file on the microcomputer Application Program Interface The interfac calling conventions by which an application program accesses operating system and other services American Standard Code for Information Interchange A standard set of characters used by microcomputers to represent data See also EBCDIC character set BASICS One of four micro file formats supported by ETU BASIC sequential files are usually created with database applications Commas separate the fields within a BASIC sequential file One of two ways of running jobs on the AS 400 along with interactive processing A job run in batch is submitted to a job queue where it will be processed when it reaches the top of the queue The process of moving data between the micro and the host with ETU An ETU process in which data is changed from ASCII to EBCDIC or from EBCDIC to ASCII so that host data can be used on the micro and micro data can be used on the host Data Description Specifications
111. OPC e Transfer a file from multiple micros to a single micro PCFROMPC The command you use to perform the described operation is shown in parentheses NOTE When transferring to or from multiple micros all micros involved in the transfer must be of the same platform either Mac or DOS based PC As an example of when you would use multiple device transfer suppose you have five PCs each attached to the host through emulation Using multiple device transfer you can transfer a file from each PC to the host with one command All multiple device transfers can be run interactively or in batch mode See Batch Transfers later in this chapter for more information on running these commands in batch mode NOTE To transfer a file to or from multiple devices you must be authorized to us ach device specified in the transfer In addition each device must be powered on have emulation loaded and be at the AS 400 sign on screen Transferring From Multiple Micros With the PWRTO3XB command you can transfer a file from one or more micros to the host To transfer from more than one micro specify the name of the micro file to be transferred the device name of the micro and the name of the host file to transfer it to The parameters used with PWRTO3XB multiple device transfer are described below Qualified file name The name of the micro file In order to transfer a file from multiple micros the f
112. OS command To take action on a request enter one of the following codes adjacent to it The option codes and the actions they represent ar 1 Execute Interactively runs the command using the saved definition 2 Submit to batch Prompts for the job description parameters and submits the request to batch Only the ETU power commands may be submitted to batch not the FROM3XB or TO3XB commands Batch command cannot be longer than 256 characters 3 Change Allows you to change the saved request 4 Delete Deletes the specified request 5 Extended view Displays the full request if it is longer than 45 characters Only 45 characters are normally displayed on the screen If the saved request is longer than 45 characters it will be displayed on this screen followed by an ellipsis VWSAVRQS Notes Fold Unfold The function key Fl provides an alternative view of the highlighted request It shows you the name of the user who created the definition the device from which it was created the creation date and creation time It also lists the name of the user who last changed the definition the workstation from which it was changed and the date and time that the change occurred Figure 10 3 VWSAVROS prompt screen 1 07 03 View saved request definitions Options 1 Execute 2 Submit to batch 3 Change 4 Delete 5 Extended view Rqs name Cmd name Cmd parms PWRTO3XB QFNAME1C c bootlog txt MICLST
113. PC functions such as creating and deleting PC files while you are working in emulation These commands are described in Chapter 7 Working With PC Functions This guide also discusses the ETU commands for advanced users These commands allow experienced users to modify the translation tables included with ETU and to perform other advanced functions such as transferring files to multiple devices transferring selected records and using entry and exit programs To learn more about these commands see Chapter 8 Modifying Translation Tables and Chapter 9 Advanced ETU Features ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 3 About Transferring Files ETU allows you to transfer files and programs between a host system and any microcomputer connected by emulation software to the host To transfer a file from one system to another you must provide certain information such as the name of the file you are transferring the type of file it is and the name of file to which you are transferring it For example if you are transferring a file from a PC to the host you must provide the name of the PC file and the name of the host file If the file that is to receive the data does not exist ETU will create the file The information common to the file transfer commands is explained below For more information about specific transfer commands see Chapter 5 Transferring Files Micro and Host File Names ETU requires you to supply
114. PL PROBLEM can run ETU from the menu works fine but it fails when I run it from a procedure CPF5149 I O error was detected in XLATN DOS 4 10 Emulation Message is displayed when it starts to do the translating It does not get this message when executed through the menu option 13 CAUSE A parameter in the line has been entered incorrectly SOLUTION Try adjusting the spaces look carefully at 1 s and I s O s and O s PROBLEM SYS1301 Invalid Procedure Name when running a System 36 OCL Commands sent in the script work when sent from a command line CAUSE The IBM System 36 book says If your are running a procedure either you incorrectly entered a procedure name or parameter or there is an error in the procedure Using a batch file to send the commands There is an error in his command line CRTPF is disabled for the user name that you have logged on with The library where the file exists is not in the library list The file that you are trying to transfer is already open on the PC side User does not have ETU support on his PC emulation RUE Rese ec eas ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 23 PROBLEM SYS1301 Invalid Procedure Name when running a System 36 OCL Commands sent in the script work when sent from a command line OCL is started from a batch file CAUSE When you execute the OCL procedure ETU looks for a PC with ETU support but instead it sees the System36 as the one that started t
115. PRINT LST Press ENTER to begin the transfer operation ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 9 Transferring a PC Print File to the Host The PRTTO3X command allows you to transfer PC DOS print files to the host and add them to a host output queue For this command characters per inch Once you have supplied the information host and add the file to the AS 400 output queue that you specify supply the PC file name and optionally host printer information such as lines per inch and number of copies the host output queue name ETU will transfer the file to the The file will print when it reaches the top of the output queue unless you put a hold on it by entering Y ES in the HOLD parameter NOTE Always use the translation table member ATOE3 in file This table transfers print files from ASCII TRANSLATE with this command to EBCDIC Figure 5 6 The PRTTO3X prompt screen Spool file from micro to host CPRTTO3X Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Output queue Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Form Length Lines page 66 1 255 Lines per inch F 6 6 8 4 9 Characters per inch 10 10 12 15 Form width ae 132 1 198 Overflow line number 63 1 255 Form type STD Character value STD Number of copies 1 1 99 Hold spool file NO YES NO Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Translation t
116. R record must be changed from ODOA to OD The EOF record must be changed from 1A to blank since the Mac uses no end of file character After you change the source be sure to run the EDITTABLE command Registering Your Host System ETU 400 is licensed to be installed on a single host system and may be run on only that system After you install the ETU software on your host you are granted a 30 day evaluation period Older versions of ETU CISC require specific host registration If you have purchased an older version of ETU you must obtain a host registration number from NLynx Technologies during this 30 day period to allow unlimited use of the software on your host system NOTE Once you receive your ETU host registration number from NLynx Technologies you may not return ETU for a refund Newer versions of ETU do not require registration We will require a serial number prior to providing Technical Support Using ETU During the Evaluation Period You do not need a host registration number while you are using ETU in the evaluation period However until you register ETU with NLynx Technologies you will see a reminder prompt whenever you issue any ETU transfer command Do not press Enter at the prompt ETU400 User Guide 011603 2 6 Obtaining Your Host Registration Number 1 Have the following information ready before you request your host registration number
117. R1 The issue was a problem transferring AS 400 spool files to the PC When you select the Output queue you could not see any of the files that were in that queue It is downward compatible with older versions of OS 400 Notes to Mac Users Most of the information in this manual is relevant to all microcomputer workstation users However some information is specific only to Mac users Such information is expressed in the following format Mac Users This is how Mac specific information is presented Compatibility with Non ES32 Emulation Products ETU is currently only supported with NLynx Techologies ES32 emulation There once was a DOS Compatibility disk with a program called IBMTRAN that enabled any emulation to work This software only works with other DOS software using serial COM ports IBMTRAN was never ported to the Windows environment IBMTRAN doesn t work with Windows 95 or any later Windows Operating Systems It is not supported because the Windows Registry makes this too difficult IBMTRAN is no longer supported If you would like to try it without support you can get it from our website at http www nlynx com html tb etu400 htm click on the link ETU Compatibility Program for REAL DOS Only See ETU Compatibility Diskette For non ES32 Emulation Products in Chapter 2 Native Mode and System 36 Mode ETU 400 supports two sets of commands one in the AS 400 native mode and
118. RANSLATE file name LIBL library name ATOE3 member name The PRTTO3X command is an interactive command that transfers PC DOS print files from the PC to the AS 400 and adds them to the AS 400 print queue Mac Users Do not run this procedure It is intended for use only with PC DOS QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to be moved to the AS 400 For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 OUTQ The output queue name wher new print item is placed when it is transferred from the micro Library The library containing the output queue LIBL is the default library name LINES The number of lines per page for the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 66 LPI The number of lines per inch to allocate to the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 6 CPI The number of characters per inch to allocate to the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 10 WIDTH The width of the forms being printed Valid entries are 1 through 198 The default value is 132 ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 20 OVERFLOW The overflow line on the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 63 FORMTY PE The forms type label to associate with the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is STD COPIES The number of copies of the new print job to print The def
119. Record selection Relationship Field to be tested Relational operator ETU400 User Guide 011603 Parameter name FRMFILE FRMMBR QFNAME1 MICLIST DLTFILE SAVTYP STRIP TRANSLATE SAVROS TRNSFILE TRANSMBR FLDDEFFILE FLDDEFMBR Parameter values h Ost file name translation tabl library name LIBL FILE ALL micro file name REQUESTER device name MACTAB x f x x x f t E NO or Y Gl n NO or YES NO or YES TEXT or Y NO or NON D TAB NO or YES RANLATE name IBL ETOA1 member name FILE 0 9989 or DDS name LIBL ield name NONE KEY1 KEY2 ASC DES NONE IF AND OR ANDIF ORIF ield name EQ NE GT LT GE E Gl GI IF BASICS ibrary name ame of request K member nam Y 3 KEY25 10 28 Comparison value Entry program ENTRY PGM Library name EXITPGM Exit program Library name Display status message DSPSTSMSG The PWRFROM3XB command performs all the data It also offers transfers files from the AS 400 to a micro and numeric value or alphabetic value rogram name IB ibrary name rogram name IB library name NO or YES O HF O funct
120. Some users of ETU 400 may be more familiar with the operating system of System 36 than with that of the AS 400 For this reason ETU 400 supports a set of commands in System 36 mode in addition to the native AS 400 commands The commands that are supported in both the native mode and System 36 mode are listed in this chapter Any native command can be used by a System 36 mode OCL procedure The syntax of the native command when used in OCL is the same as entering the command from the System 36 mode command line all uppercase letters However most native commands do not return status codes in the LDA so the abnormal completion of a native command cannot be detected by the OCL procedure For this reason System 36 specific commands are available in ETU 400 This appendix describes how to access the System 36 mode menu and how to execute the commands Finally this appendix describes each command available in Sytem 36 mode listed in alphabetical order ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 2 Starting ETU in System 36 Mode To use the these steps Emulator Transfer Utility ETU 1 Start your emulation software on your micro 2 Sign on to the AS 400 by entering your user I D in System 36 mode follow and password 3 Start the System 36 mode on the AS 400 On the AS 400 commmand line type strs36 or designate S36 on the user s profile in the special environment SPCENV 4 Access the
121. TI as the value in the TOFILE parameter Library name The name of the library containing the host file The default LIBL searches all libraries in your library list for the file You must specify an existing library if the host file is to be created with this command Member name The TOFILE member name You may use one of the following values FILE Transfers the micro file into a member having the same name as the host file the default For use with single file transfers and in conjunction with MULTI as the TOFILI file name parameter Gl Member Transfers the files into one member within the specified fil MULTI Transfers the files into multiple members within one physical file The members will be assigned the same name as the device name of the micro from which the data was transferred This value is not available for SAVF files RECL The record length of the host TOFILE file If the file will be allocated created using this command you must include the record length of the file or use the FLDDEFFILE parameter If the file already exists on the host use the default record length of zero TRANSLATE Determines if the data is to be translated and if so what type of translation is to be performed ETU supports four translation types TEXT The qualified file resides in ASCII TEXT format and is to be translated for the AS 400 This is the default
122. TTO3X Example Transferring Host Programs Transferring a Host Programs to a Microcomputer The PGMFROM3X Command PGMFROM3X Example Transferring a PC Program to a Host Program The PGMTO3X Command PGMTO3X Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 1 About This Chapter This chapter is intended for beginning users of ETU It explains the file basic transfer commands included with ETU You will learn the purpose of each command as well as how to use them There are thr primary host objects you can transfer with ETU They are host files physical files logical files and SAVF files spool files and executable programs There are thr primary micro based objects you can transfer with ETU They are data files print files and executable programs For each file type ETU has one command that transfers a host object to a microcomputer and another command that transfers a microcomputer object to the host The commands described in this chapter and the functions they provide are FROM3XB Transfers host files to the micro e TO3XB Transfers micro based data files to the host e PRTFROM3X Transfers host spool print files to the micro PRTTO3X Transfers micro based print files to the host PGMFROM3XB Transfers compiled host programs to the micro PGMTO3XB Transfers compiled host programs from the micro to the host This chapter is an introduction to the file transfer
123. Technical Support Manager 42300 Springfield 5 Tom Stiles Customer Relations 32400 Los Angeles Manager 6 Monica Martinez Office Manager 24300 Buda 7 Scott Haram Director of Intelligence 00700 Chicago 8 Tom Williams Sales Manager 43200 Dallas 9 Mr Spock Foreign Relations 23400 Vulcan 10 Dilbert Dill Engineering Manager 42300 San Jose 11 Wally Findley Marketing Manager 76700 Houston 12 Herman Munster Software Engineer 66600 Waco 13 Cosmo Kramer Personal Director 32100 New York 14 Harry Potter Vice President 43200 London 15 Gandalf Wizard Information Systems Manager 16 17 18 19 20 21 Table D 1 Field definitions for file SAMPLE Field Name Field Length Field Type Decimal Positions NAME 17 Alphabetic TITLE 36 Alphabetic SALARY 7 Numeric 2 CITY 15 Alphabetic ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 3 To create an F amp I specification for a file use the Source Entry Utility SEU on the AS 400 The steps below and on the following pages describe how to create F amp I specs for the file shown on the previous page 1 Sign on to the AS 400 2 Enter STRSEU on the command line of the AS 400 and then press F4 The Start Source Entry Utility STRSEU screen shown in Figure D 2 appears If you receive an error after this command you may not have the authority to perform this task See your system administrator Figure D 2 The Start Source Entry Utility screen Start Source Ent
124. The Appendices provide reference and supplemental information A 1 Inside ETU B 1 ETU Compatibility C 1 Creating DDS Specifications D 1 Creating F amp I Specifications E 1 ETU Error Messages F 1 EBCDIC ASCII Printable Characters G 1 System 36 mode Commands H 1 International Translational Tables l 1 ETU Automation J 1 ETU Throughput Considerations GLOSSARY INDEX ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 61 Appendix A INSIDE ETU About This Chapter Editing User defined Menu Options EDTUDF Parameters EDTUDF Example Configuring the Audit Trail The CFGAUDIT Parameters Checking the Audit Trail Working With ETU Security Granting Authority to a Command Revoking Authority From a Command Regranting Authority to a Previously Revoked Command Securing Devices on the AS 400 Removing ETU From the AS 400 ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 1 About This Chapter ETU includes utilities that allow you to customize the way ETU works on your AS 400 This chapter describes the utilities and explains how to use them This chapter is intended for experienced host users and the security officer Some tasks you can perform with the ETU utilities include e adding user defined menu options to the ETU menu e changing how the ETU audit trail is configured e granting and revoking authority to the ETU commands e removing ETU from your AS 400 ETU400 User Guid
125. The ETU Main Menu The ETU Utilities Menu The ETU Commands Main Menu File Transfer Commands Main Menu ETU Power Commands Utilities Menu Microcomputer Commands Utilities Menu File Translation Commands Utilities Menu Translation Table Commands Running ETU Commands Using the Menu Entering Commands on the Command Line Using the Command Prompts Using Mac Directory Dialog Boxes Request Definitions Types of Processing Interactive ETU Commands Batch ETU Commands About Microcomputer Files File Formats PC DOS Apple Mac LEARNING ABOUT ETU About This Chapter What is ETU Data Transfer Data Translation Other ETU Functions About Transferring Files Micro and Host File Names Transferring Data to Host Files Record Length Host File Type Data Description Specifications About Translating Files How Data is Stored Using Translation Tables ETU Translation Table Members Using Translation Tables with the Mac Using Microcomputer Data Formats ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 12 5 1 Transferring Files 6 1 Translating Files 7 1 Working with PC Functions 8 1 Modifying Translation Tables 9 1 Advanced ETU Features TRANSFERRING FILES About This Chapter Transferring Data Files Transferring Data Files From Host to a Microcomputer FROM3XB Example Transferring Data Files From a Microcomputer to the Host The TO3XB Command TO3XB Example Tran
126. The default is one copy optional is the AS 400 printer id to which the report will be sent If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the XLTPCPRT procedure is executed optional is the forms number name on which to print the report If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the XLTPCPRT procedure is executed optional is the characters per inch format for the report If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the XLTPCPRT procedure is executed optional is the lines per inch format for the report If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the XLTPCPRT procedure is executed optional specifies whether a forms alignment halt will be issued on the printer s console for this report The default is NO optional specifies whether the report will be held on the print spool until the operator releases it for printing The default is NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 33 Appendix H INTERNATIONAL TRANSLATION TABLES ETU400 User Guide 011603 H 1 Installing International Translation Table NLynx Technologies now supports sixteen languages for the ETU 400 file transfer programs on the AS 400 host computer
127. U400 User Guide 011603 10 42 SBMSCHJOB Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Command SBMCMD command name gt Hour in 24 hour clock SCHHR 00 24 format Minutes SCHMIN 00 59 Date in system format SCHDT TODAY date 1 14 Job name JOBNAME JOBD submitted job name Job description JOBD USERPRF job description name Library name LIBL library name The SBMSCHJOB command allows you to schedule batch jobs for execution in the future Only the ETU power commands can be scheduled using this command PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB and PWRTO3XB In addition to the power commands you can also schedule any non ETU commands that can be submitted to batch Before You Begin Before you can schedule a job you must first start the job called JOBSCHED which controls the job scheduling This job is part of a procedure that submits a program called SCHPGM to the QINTER subsystem Every time QINTER is shut down the JOBSCHED job must be restarted or the job scheduling program will not work To restart JOBSCHED enter the following command string on the AS 400 command line sbmjob job jobsched jobd xxxx rqsdta call schpgmc jobq qinter ingmsgrpy sysrpyl where xxxx is the job description that a job submitted to batch with the SBMSCHJOB command will use for its operating parameters These operating parameters include the library list and output queue to be used
128. URLIB PRV PRV SELECT SAME BAS BASP Bottom F13 How to use this display ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 The Edit screen shown in Figure C 6 appears Press F4 for prompts to begin entering data Figure C 6 The SEU Edit screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF Kec A T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 44 44444 44 44444444444444 4 KR KKK K K K K KKK KKK Beginning of data OBR K K K K K K K 2K 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK vrrrnyy verry ES E E DE S E E E E E G CES E ES DE E E ES E ES DE E E FRERES CES E ES DE S E CE E ES DE S E E a E E e E ES E ES DE E E S S ES DE E E verry ES E ES DE S E CES E ES DE E E FERFE CES E ES DE S E verry OBR K K K K K K K KR KK K K KK End of data KK K K K K K K K OR KR FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK K K F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F9 Retrieve F10 Cursor F11 Toggle F16 Repeat find F17 Repeat change F24 More keys Member SAMPLE added to file QGPL QDDSSRC ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 8 7 To create the DDS enter the letter R in the Name Type field and RECORD in the Name prompt as shown in Figure C 7 and then press ENTER This identifies this record as the record format name for the physical file defined by these DDS specs For each prompt you can press HELP to receive more information Figure C 7 The SEU
129. Y 8S 2 CITY 16A KK K K K K K K KK EK K K K KK End of data FKK K K K K K K K 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK K K K K K K K Prompt type PF Sequence number SAITA Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 15 14 The Exit screen if desired and then press shown in Figure C 14 ENTER appears Enter a text comment A text comment can help you remember the purpose of the DDS spec you create Figure C 14 The SEU Exit screen Exit Type choices press Enter Change create member Y Member SAMPLE File QDDSSRC Library QGPL Text DDS Spec for Resequence member Y Start 0001 00 Increment 01 00 Print member N Return to editing N Go to member list N F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Y Yes N No Name F4 for list Name F4 for list Name sample file transfer Y Yes N No 0000 01 9999 99 00 01 99 99 Y Yes N No Y Yes N No Y Yes N No ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 16 15 The PDM screen shown in Figure C 15 appears Press F3 to exit to the AS 400 main menu The demonstration file is now ready to be transferred to the AS 400 Be sure to verify that the file has been created by reading the member added to file message at the bottom of the screen Figure C
130. able member name ATOE3 Name Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 10 PRTTO3X Example In this example you will transfer a PC print file to the host and print it on the host printer The PC file is called a report prt The host output queue to which you will send the file is called USER1 Use the defaults for all other parameters 1 Choose option 6 from the ETU Main menu The PRTTO3X screen displays 2 Enter the name of the PC file at the Qualified file name prompt a report prt 3 Enter the output queue name at the Output queue prompt userl 4 Use the defaults for all other parameters 5 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER The PC print file will be transferred to the host and placed on the output queue USER1 ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 11 Transferring Host Programs The ETU commands PGMFROM3XB and PGMTO3XB allow you to transfer compiled executable host programs between a microcomputer and the host You can use these commands to transfer host programs to a micro so you can either run the host program on the micro if you have appropriate PC software or transfer the program to another host system In the latter case the PC serves as a link between two host systems To use these commands you must sign on as the security officer or be authorized to use the AS 400
131. am instead of IBMTRAN EXE If you attempt an ETU file transfer and you receive one of the following messages you may need to use IBMTRAN Device not a PC or emulator loaded incorrectly Attached workstation is not a PC Copying IBMTRAN To Your Hard Drive If you decide you need the compatibility program copy it from the ETU Compatibility diskette enclosed with ETU to the hard disk subdirectory or if applicable to the floppy diskette that contains the emulation programs 1 On your PC make the directory with your emulation programs the current directory 2 Insert the IBMTRAN diskette in the diskette drive and copy it to the hard drive If your floppy drive is a enter copy a Some emulation programs have a separate Application Program Interface API program If your emulator is in this category make sure that API is running after you load your emulation program and before you run ETU or it will not be compatible with ETU If your emulation program is running and IBMTRAN displays the message ETU400 User Guide 011603 2 9 5250 Emula If your API manufacture The documen you with de tion not loaded verify that your API is loaded is loaded and this message persists contact your emulation r to be sure you have the latest version tation included with your emulation software should provide tails about API NOTE If you configur
132. ame of the device to which the file will be transferred prt3ad1 8 Press ENTER to execute the command The PCFROMPC command will be submitted to the default job queue QBATCH ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 23 Time and Date Scheduling The ETU Time and Date Scheduling u tility allows you to submit a job to batch and specify a time in the fu the job queue The utility can be host system is less busy than norm All ture that the job will be released to used to schedule jobs when you know the al such as on weekends or at night ETU power commands and any other AS 400 or user defined command or program that can be run in batch m Date Scheduling feature To use Time and Date Scheduling scheduled job Job prompt screen displays Figure 9 4 Submit scheduled job SBMSCHJOB Type choices press Enter enter the on the command line Figure 9 4 ode can be scheduled using the Time and ETU command SBMSCHJOB submit and press F4 The Submit Scheduled Command Hour in 24 hour clock format 00 24 IMMED Minute 00 59 00 00 59 Date in system format TODAY 000000 999999 TODAY 1 Job name PEE JOBD Name JOBD Job description QBATCH Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys At the Command prompt enter the co followed by any valid parameters by entering a question ma
133. ames Th default for the translation file is always TRANSLATE The default for the member name depends on the ETU command being used If you fail to take into account the default names when you name the new physical file and member you will most likely have to change the defaults each time you translate a file with the newly created table While having to change the file and member name presents no real problems you can save time when defining ETU transfers by following these suggestions We suggest that you store any new PC based translation table members in the file TRANSLATE If you modify an existing table that will replace the original table you can give the new table the same name as the existing table By doing this the ETU commands that previously used the original table as the default will use the new table as the default If you don t intend for the new table to replace the original table then be sure to give the new table a unique name Then each time you translate a file using the new translation table be sure you specify the new table name in the TRANSMBR prompt ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 10 Chapter 9 ADVANCED ETU FEATURES About This Chapter Multiple device Transfer Transferring From Multiple Micros Using PWRTO3XB Transferring a Host File to Multiple Micros Micro to Micro Transfers The PCFROMPC Command The PCTOPC Command Transferring Files Between Mul
134. arameters as you normally would taking special care with the qualified pathname as described in step 3 3 For the qualified pathname enter Training Test The colon before Training represents the folder in which InterAxcess resides Note that there is only one colon since InterAxcess resides at the root level of the hard drive Once the transfer is complete each of the receiving Maces will have a new file named Test in their Training folders ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 10 Receiver 1 Sender Receiver 2 o E Test Test i Test Figure 9 1 Transferring Files With InterAxcess on the Root Level of the Hard Drive If InterAxcess is one or more folders deep In this example on each Mac InterAxcess is located in a folder named AS 400 which is in turn located in a folder named Apps The Apps folder resides at the root level of the hard drive Figure 9 2 1 From the ETU menu issue the PCTOPC command 2 Enter the parameters as you normally would taking special care with the qualified pathname as described in step 3 3 For the qualified pathname enter Training Test The colons before Training represent the following The first colon represents the AS 400 folder the second represents the Apps folder the third represents the root level of the hard drive Note that the single colon between training and test represents that the file Test resides in the folder Training and again t
135. as QSECOFR Ze Ensure that library QTEMP is in your library list 3 Insert ETU software in the AS 400 e If you are installing from diskettes insert the first diskette into the drive on the AS 400 e If you are installing from tape load the tape into the tape drive e If you are installing from CDROM insert the CDROM into the CDROM drive 4 On the AS 400 command line enter the RSTOBJ command interactively as follows For tape or diskette RSTOBJ OBJCETU SAVLIBCQTEMP DEVCdevice name VOLC MOUNTED where device name is the name of the device in which you loaded the installation media for example OPTO1 TAPO1 or DKTO1 You should get 11 objects For CDROM RSTOBJ OBJ ETU SAVLIB QTEMP DEV OPT01 OPTFILE QTEMP You should get 11 objects For diskette users re insert diskette 1 On the AS 400 command line enter the ETU installation procedure Type ETUINSTALL TLIBNAMC target library DEVNAMCdevice name ELIBNAMCexisting library SVTRANLCsave translations where target library is the library in which ETU will reside after th install process If the library you specify already exists we recommend that it contain a prior version of ETU device name is the name of the device in which the installation media was loaded for example TAPO1 or DKTO1 existing library is a library on your system in which a prior version of ETU exists that contains information you wish
136. ated into DIF format BASICS the file is to be translated into BASIC Sequential format TAB the file is to be translated into BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters SAVE permits offline storage and moves executable programs between workstations see below NONE no translation of the file is to be performed the default When using SAVE to move executable programs between workstations all necessary data including Mac data and resource forks is transferred Data is not translated to EBCDIC and therefore cannot be used on the host To restore data to the workstation use the FILETOPC procedure with reformat type SAVE xlat file optional is the translation table file Translation file members ATOE1 and ATOE3 are provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette and are used to translate from the ASCII to the EBCDIC character set S the EDITABLE and COMPILE procedures for more information on creating new translation table files The default is ATOE1 Mac Users Do not use the xlate file default value You must use the value ATOEIM xlat size optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default value is 1000 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 11 record len2 input specs truncate spec lib optional is the record length of the translation work file The default value is the record length of the target file record
137. ault is 1 HOLD Specifies whether the print file should automatically start and print the job at the completion of the translation transfer NO The print file will start immediately upon termination of this command the default YES The print file must be started by the operator TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used The default is TRANSLATE Library The name of the library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is the default TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member name The default name is ATOE3 an ASCII to EBCDIC table supplied with ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 21 PRTXFRMPC Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values PC data file FILE Host file name Library name LIBL library name PC data member name PCMBR FILE member name Output queue OUTO host output queue name Library name LIBL library name Lines per page LINES 66 lines per page Lines per inch LPI 6 lines per inch Characters per inch CPI 10 characters per inch Form width WIDTH 132 form width Overflow line number OVERFLOW 63 overflow line Type of form label FORMTYPE STD forms type Number of copies COPIES il number of copies Place job on hold HOLD NO or YES Translation table name TRANSFILE TRANSLATE file name Library name LIBL library name Translation table member TRANSMBR ATOE3 name member name The PRTXFRMPC is a batch mo
138. ause ETU creates P which is always located in If you create an ETU cannot create the work files s stored in any newly created L rage Pool you can simulate record er by creating a logical file or and mmand are described below 400 file to be transferred to the the library containing the host file The default LIBL searches all the user s library list member name Transfers the member with the same name as the FRMFILE file the default F py Transfers all members from a qualified file ALL is not valid with DIF translation 10 29 QFNAME1 MICLST DLTFILE SAVTYP STRIP TRANSLATE ETU400 User Guide 011603 The name of the micro file to contain the data from the AS 400 For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 The device name of the microcomputers to which the file will be transferred REQUESTER Transfers the file to the micro from which the command is initiated Use only with interactive transfers device name Transfers the file to the micro with this device name To transfer the host file to more than one micro enter the device name of each micro computer You must be authorized to us ach device you specify in the MICLST parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it Enter a plus sign and press ENTER here to display multiple prompts Each micro
139. bout This Chapter tables ETU provides you with eight translation tables which it uses to translate data Each table performs a separate function Some translate data from the micro to the host and others from the host to the micro See Chapter 4 Learning About ETU for more information about the translation The tables provided with ETU will serve the needs of most users If the translation tables modify an existing supplied with ETU do not fit your needs you can table This chapter explains how to modify a translation table and how to use the modified table to translate data This chapter is intended only for advanced users of ETU and the AS 400 You should be familiar with using AS 400 Source Entry Utility SEU and compiling source on the AS 400 To modify the translation tables use the ETU commands STRSEU and EDITTABLE These commands are explained in this chapter and in Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference Appendix F ASCII EBCDIC Printable Characters lists the ASCII and EBCDIC characters and their hexadecimal equivalents Refer to Appendix F when modifying a translation table ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 2 About Translation Tables The translation tables provided with ETU have three purposes They e translate data from ASCII to EBCDIC or from EBCDIC to ASCII e specify whether the file being translated has a fixed or variable format e t
140. bs being sent to the same twinax port that the ES PCI is on it will slow things down If a network is congested it could slow a transfer down Using TCP IP 750K per minute Figure about 15 Megabytes per hour or 5000 cps For just a transfer 30 pages with 1953 records at 110 bytes each for a total of 162694 bytes transfers in 20 seconds This is about 8134 CPS QUESTION What can do to improve the throughput ANSWER Move to a faster connection Perform the transfer during times when the system and or network are not so busy Specify the exact form length and or record length ETU400 User Guide 011603 J 2 QUESTION What other options are there to ETU ANSWER FTP such as File Transfer Protocol using TCP IP or Client Access 400 QUESTION What are the pros and cons of using FTP ANSWER FTP is fairly easy to use FTP does not support EBCDIC to ASCII or Comma Separated Values Basic Sequential or Differential translations CSV is a comma delimited file where fields in a record is delimited by a comma commas in the data must be quoted FTP is supplied as part of the system on OS 400 and Windows 2000 QUESTION What are the pros and cons of using ClientAxcess 400 ANSWER ClientAxcess 400 is an option that you get with your AS 400 whether you want it or not IBM calls this free It can be difficult to install Does not support batch capability not invokable from the host must be initiated from the client an
141. can check to see if a file exists on the micro while you are in emulation about the existence of the file TESTB Example In this example called c datafile doc 1 Choose option 20 from the The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 4 from the 3 At the Qualified file name prompt c datafile doc nter th The host you sends a completion message you are running emulation on your micro and you want to check to see if a certain file exists on the micro The micro file is ETU Main menu ETU Utilities menu of the file nam 4 Press ENTER to start the TESTB command A message will be sent to the display when the operation is complete Figure 7 4 TESTB prompt screen Test a micro file CTESTB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Notify operator YES LDA position for file size Display status messages YES F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F24 More keys YES NO LDA 1 1012 YES NO Bottom F13 How to use this display ETU400 User Guide 011603 Chapter 8 MODIFYING TRANSLATION TABLES About This Chapter About Translation Tables Modifying a Translation Table Make a Copy of the Original Table Editing the Translation Table Translation Table Record Format Sample Translation Table Compiling the New Translation Table Member Naming the New Member ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 1 A
142. ce member When the source member displays you can edit the source member using any of the normal SEU commands For information on using SEU see the IBM manual AS 400 SEU User s Guide Reference SC09 1172 After you have made the appropriate changes to the source member save the changes exit SEU and compile the source member In order to change the file you must be familiar with the record format within the source file The format of the file containing the translation table members is described below Translation Table Record Format Each record in the translation table is used to translate a character in one set ASCII or EBCDIC to a character in the other set For each character record you modify you provide the following information e Scan character e Replace character e Action to be taken before or after the scan replace Pad characters for EBCDIC to ASCII translations e End of file character in ASCII to EBCDIC translations e End of record character in ASCII to EBCDIC translations The record format for the translation table source file is shown in Table 8 2 ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 5 Table 8 2 Translate Table Source Record Format Position in Functions Record Fields the Record 1 18 FROM HEX or special function 19 36 TO HEX 37 Translate before or after performing control 38 39 Pad character B blank N Null or 2 byte hex cha
143. cessary load the ETU compatibility program IBMTRAN on your PC See Chapter 2 Installing ETU for information about IBMTRAN 2 Enter your AS 400 user I D and password at the sign on screen 3 Display the ETU menu by entering the following command on the AS 400 command line wsmenus NOTE The AS 400 library containing ETU must be in your library list When the ETU menu displays you can execute any ETU command provided you have proper authorization A Note About User Authorization Not all users will be able to use all commands The commands you are allowed to use depend on the authorization you are granted by the system administrator If you don t have the authority to use a certain command it won t display on the ETU menu nor will you be able to run the command from the command line See Appendix A Inside ETU for more information about user authorization with ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 3 The ETU Main Menu The ETU commands are split between two menus the Main menu and the Utilities menu The Main menu shown in Figure 3 1 displays when you issue the command WSMENUS It contains an option for each file transfer command In addition it also contains an option that displays the ETU Utilities menu and an option that signs you off the AS 400 The right side of the Main menu is reserved for user defined functions which are site written commands that the system
144. ch column column number End translation in which TO 132 column column number Translation table file TRANSFILE TRANSLATE name file name Library name LIBL library name Translation table member TRANSMBR ATOE1 name member name The PRTXTOPC command translates a print file from the AS 400 print queue or translates a CPYSPLF file into a format that is printable on the micro After the print file is translated it can be moved to the micro using the FROM3XB command Mac Users Do not use this command It is intended only for use with PC DOS PCDATA The AS 400 file name to contain the translated print data Library The library containing the PCDATA file The default is LIBL PCMBR The PCDATA member name The default is FILE same name as PCDATA ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 24 ACTION SPFILE SPLNBR JOB Specifies the action the program is to perform COPYPRT Use COPYPRT it the data is resident on the print queue The command will first perform the AS 400 function CPYSPLF and then translate that file into a PC print file format The micro print file should then be transferred to the selected micro file TRANSLATE use TRANSLATE if you have already executed th AS 400 function CPYSPLF only the translation from the CPYSPLF format to the micro print format needs to be done at this time Valid only on ACTION COPYPRT the AS 400 file name of the spooled output file that is to be copied to a p
145. ch you specify the name of the PC file to which you want the data transferred About Host Spool Files Host spool files reside on output queues waiting to be released to a printer They are stored in a format that is recognizable only to a host printer Before you can transfer a spool file to a PC it must be changed into a physical file with the AS 400 CPYSPLF command You can run CPYSPLF independent from or as part of the PRTFROM3X command To transfer a spool file to the PC enter the name of the output queue on which the spool file resides When the output queue displays specify which spool file you want to transfer by entering either 1 or 2 next to the file Entering 1 tells ETU to perform the AS 400 command CPYSPLF and translate the file for the PC You will then be prompted for a name of a file on the AS 400 in which to temporarily store the data until you transfer it to the PC using the FROM3XB command Entering 2 next to the spool file tells ETU to perform the AS 400 command CPYSPLF translate the file for the PC and prompt you for the PC file in which to transfer the data NOTE Always use the translation table member ETOA1 in file TRANSLATE with this command This table transfers spool files from EBCDIC to ASCII ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 7 PRTFROM3X Example In this example there is a host spool file on the host output queue USER1 You will transfer the file to th
146. cification you ve just created moves to the top of the screen ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 11 11 Display the next statement number by positions of the line containing s When the new statement line is displayed p which to enter the input specification 12 The field statement number 0005 00 sc Ta al tatement 0004 00 and pressing typing Il over the first two Enter ress F4 to display a prompt in reen appears Here you will define the third field in the SAMP file Enter the data exactly as shown in the data area prompt at the bottom of screen as shown in Figure D 7 and then press ENTER Figure D 7 SEU Edit screen for line 0005 00 Columns 1 80 QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT F FFilenameIPEAF RLenLK1AIOVKLocEDevice FKK K K K K KK K K K K K KK Beginning of data KK K K K K KK K K K K 0001 00 FSAMPLE IP F 128 DISK 0002 00 ISAMPLE NS 0003 00 I 0004 00 I 1 0005 00 KK K K K K K K K KK K K K K K End of data KK K K K K KKK KKK K K K Edit KK K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 1 17 NAME 8 52 TITLE KK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Prompt type FE Sequence number 0005 00 Data area E NETT E ey Ae ORS Ir O See S N a ST I 53 6 2SALARY F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Column 6 is the Form Type and must con
147. commands they will not work if they are run from a batch It is recommended that the line be formatted and tested on a command line before attempting to put it in a script Some functions must be split into two separate OCL lines Perform the translation first then do a transfer using reformat or type of translate NONE Macros run from the ES32 emulation software will work but the scripting mechanism does not interact so it will not know when the file transfer is complete So if ETU is used in a macro it needs to be the last command of the macro VWSAVRQS will rerun commands that you saved by saying YES to the Save request definition question on the PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB FROM3xXB or TO3XB procedure You may need to do a lt Page Down gt to the see the Save option When you submit one of the commands listed above answer the Save request definition question with YES When you want to resubmit the command type VWSAVRQS on a command line to bring it up See page 9 17 and 10 56 of the ETU400 User Guide for specifics SBMBATXFER This command allows you to post a transfer from the AS 400 to a PC that has ES32 with ETU enabled and is at the signon screen This command works with PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB PCFROMPC and PCTOPC The PC that you are transferring to will be defined as the REQUESTOR See page 9 18 and 10 46 of the ETU400 User Guide for specifics SBMSCHJOB This command allows you to schedu
148. commands Refer to Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference for complete information about a particular command ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 2 Transferring Data Files The ETU commands FROM3XB and TO3XB transfer data files between the host and a microcomputer Transferring Data Files From Host to a Microcomputer The FROM3XB Command With the FROM3XB command you can transfer and translate data from an AS 400 physical logical or SAVF file to a file on the micro To transfer a file using FROM3XB specify the name of the host file you want to transfer the name of the microcomputer file to which it will be transferred and optionally the translation information which includes the translation type translation table and file definition or record length If you are transferring a source physical file to the microcomputer you can remove the 12 byte sequence and date fields at the beginning of each record by specifying YES as the STRIP parameter The sequence and date fields are not used by microcomputers If you prefer not to have the data translated during the FROM3XB operation you can use the translation command XLATETO prior to using FROM3XB If you translate the file with the XLATETO command you must specify TRANSLATE NONE in the FROM3XB command See Chapter 4 Learning About ETU for details about the translation types ETU supports off line storage of micro based data via the TO3XB
149. computer s path and file name For example C SUBDIR1 EXAMPL ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 11 Chapter 4 LEARNING ABOUT ETU About This Chapter What is ETU Data Transfer Data Translation Other ETU Functions About Transferring Files Micro and Host File Names Transferring Data to Host Files Record Length Host File Type Data Description Specifications About Translating Files How Data is Stored Using Translation Tables ETU Translation Table Members Using Translation Tables With the Mac Using Microcomputer Data Formats ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 1 About This Chapter This chapter is a general overview of ETU and is intended for beginning users It explains how data is stored on the host and the microcomputer and how ETU makes it possible to transfer data between the two systems The information you provide when you transfer and translate files using ETU is also explained in this chapter ETU400 User Guide 011603 What is ETU ETU has two main purposes data transfer and data translation Data transfer entails the actual movement of data between the host and a microcomputer Data translation changes the way the data is represented or stored so that the same data can be used by the two different systems ETU provides you with file transfer commands and file translation commands Data Transfer With the file transfer commands you can transfer and
150. current name of the workstation file to be renamed For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 You may include the DOS pathname in the file specification e g C TEST MYFILE TXT If not specified it defaults to the current default directory on your workstation new file name is the new name to be given to the workstation file NOTE The new file name plus extension should be of the form XXXXXXXX YYY where XXXXXXXX is a file name of up to eight characters and YYY is an optional extension of up to three characters You cannot specify the drive or path The new file name field is 80 characters to make it consistent with other workstation file name fields Mac Users The directory dialog box is unavailable for the RENAME option on the ETU36 menu ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 25 TESTFILE Procedure T ETU36 TESTFILE workstation file name ida offset NOTIFY The TESTFILE procedure tests for the presence of the specified file and returns the number of bytes characters in the file Depending on the lda offset parameter the results of the test will b ither given to the operator as a message or placed in the Local Data Area LDA for later use by the programmer in determining the next step to process in the application program workstation file name is the name of the workstation file to be tested
151. d Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation g g rp IBM is a registered trademark and AS 400 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines corporation January 2003 Edition This edition applies to version 5 6 of ETU 400 and to all subsequent versions and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions or updates to this publication It is possible that this publication could contain technical inaccuracies and typographical errors Address comments to NLynx Technologies 8313 Highway 71 West Austin Texas 78735 Toll free 1 888 NLynx67 Technical Support Hotline Technical Support is provided for up to one year from the date of purchase Serial number is required Technical Support by telephone is from 8 30 5 30 CST We will provide answers and support by email for product that is not under warranty if you use the Technical Support Contact Form at _ http www nlynx com html contacttechnicalsupport htm Technical Bulletins for ETU are located at http www nlynx com html tb etu htm Printed in USA Document 401 9140 17 Rev B January 2003 2000 NLynx Technologies Inc All rights reserved ETU400 User Guide 011603 v PREFACE This manual is intended for users of the ETU 400 Emulator Transfer Utility It assumes the reader has a basic working knowledge of the IBM AS 400 the IBM Personal Computer or Personal System 2 and the operation of software for emulati
152. d cannot transfer spool files CA 400 does support CSV Basic Sequential or Differential translation There are two file systems in the AS 400 The original QSYS file system where you have libraries files and members And there is IFS Integrated File System which is basically a similar file system to Unix and DOS in some ways Once installed and configured properly the drag and drop capabilities are easy to use By the way our ES TCP has IFS support built in QUESTION What are the pros and cons of using ETU400 ANSWER ETU is menu driven and easy to use ETU supports CSV translation Basic Sequential or Differential translation ETU can do batch transfers See http www nlynx com html tb etuauto htm If the user wants to create canned transfers something that the MIS guy builds and made available for all to use or batch driven run at a scheduled time ETU is a good choice If you are looking for blazing speed or time is a factor and the transferred file is enormous then ETU is not the fastest choice There are ways to improve it by using FTP ETU400 User Guide 011603 J 3 QUESTION How would use ETU400 and FTP ANSWER If you use ETU reasonably often and wish the file transfers quicker for say files that are over 100 000 records this is a way to do it 1 Use ETU to only translate the file Put the translated file in your private library Don t use QTEMP QTEMP exist only for the session that you are in D
153. d requests that you created Only the security office can view requests from another user The ETU command VWSAVRQS displays all the requests that you have saved To view the saved requests enter VWSAVROS on the AS 400 command line This displays only the requests saved by the user running the VWSAVRQS command To take action on one or more requests enter one of the following options next to the requests Figure 9 3 VWSAVROS prompt screen 1 06 03 View saved request definitions Options 1 Execute 2 Submit to batch 3 Change 4 Delete 5 Extended view Rqs name Cmd name Cmd parms PWRTO3XB QFNAME1C c bootlog txt MICLSTCNLRISCLIF F1 Unfold Fold F3 Exit The options and the actions they represent ar ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 20 1 Execute 2 Submit to batch Interactively runs the command using the saved definition Prompts for the job description parameters and submits the request to batch Batch commands cannot be longer than 256 characters In order to run a job in batch mode the device you specify must be powered on running emulation and displaying the AS 400 sign on screen NOTE Only the ETU power commands can be submitted to batch not the commands FROM3XB or TO3XB 3 Change 4 Delete 5 Extended view Fold Unfold ETU400 User Guide 011603 Allows you to change the saved request Deletes the specified request Displays an e
154. de command that translates PC DOS print files that were previously transferred from the PC by the TO3XB command The print file is added to an AS 400 print queue after the translation Mac Users Do not run this procedure It is intended for use only with PC DOS FILE The AS 400 file name that contains the print file moved from the micro with no translation having been done Library The name of the library containing the micro print file LIBL is the default PCMBR The member containing the micro print file The default is FILE OUTQ The output queue name where the new print item is placed after the PRITXFRMPC translation occurs Library The library containing the output queue LIBL is the default LINES The number of lines per page for the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 66 ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 22 LPI The number of lines per inch to allocate to the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 6 CPI The number of characters per inch to allocate to the new print job being added to the AS 400 print queue The default is 10 WIDTH The width of the forms being printed Valid entries are 1 through 198 The default value is 132 OVERFLOW The overflow line on the new print job being added to the print queue OUTQ The default is 63 FORMTY PE The forms type label to associate with the
155. de or from a dumb terminal Issue the PWRDELETEB command from the command line and press F4 to prompt You can also run this command in b atch mode The PWRDELET EB parameters are described below QFNAME MICLST NOTIFY DSPSTSMSG The name of the micro file to be deleted The device name of the micro that contains the file to be deleted REQUESTER Deletes the file from the micro from which the command is initiated device name Deletes the file from the micro with this device name Specifies whether you will be notified if the file to be deleted is not found Sending a message to your message queue does this YES You are notified if the file is not found the default NO You are not notified if the file is not found Displays program status messages during the execution of the command YES Status messages are displayed the default NO Status messages are not displayed ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 27 PWRFROM3XB Command Parameter description File name Library name Member name Qualified file name Transfer to which micro Delete host file after transfer SAVE file type Strip seq date file Type of translation Save request definition Request name Translation file name Library name Member name Record length DDS or F amp I file name Library name Member name Record length Field name Key field Ascending or descending
156. defaults for all the other parameters Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 6 Translating a Host File to Microcomputer Format The XLATETO command translates a AS 400 physical file to a format usable on the microcomputer You will use this command prior to transferring the file to the PC with the FROM3XB command After you translate the data you must enter the following FROM3XB parameters as shown strip no translate no When the file is translated it is written to a different host file which you specify in the PCDATA parameter The PCDATA file can be an existing file or a new file For existing files enter the names of the file and the member for the RECL parameter specify zero For new files enter the file and member names XLATETO will create these If you are translating a source physical file you can remove the first 12 bytes from each record which contain the source sequence number and date field by specifying YES as the STRIP parameter If you are translating an ASCII file with a fixed record length enter FILE in the RECL parameter This tells ETU to use the record length of the FRMFILE For more information on the FROM3XB command see Chapter 5 Transferring Files and Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference ts Figure 6 2 The XLATETO prompt screen Translate
157. dit trail is to inform you whether a file transfer operation was successful and if not why it When you fi was not entries sen t on hold to the QPRINT output queue rst install ETU the audit trail is configured as active with By re configuring the audit trail you can turn off the audit trail send the audit trail entries to an output queue of your choice or send th ntries directly to a printe r rather than put them on hold To change the audit trail configuration display the Configure Audit Trail promp command line and prompting press F4 t screen by entering the CFGAUDIT command on the AS 400 You may change the audit trail configuration by changing the values of the paramet rs described below Figure A 1 The CFGAUDIT prompt screen Configure audit trail CCFGAUDIT Type choices press Enter Create audit trail YES YES NO Audit trail output queue QPRINT Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Hold spool file YES YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 The CFGAUDIT Parameters CRTAUDIT Turns the audit trail on or off The default YES creates an audit trail for all users on the system To turn off the audit trail for all users enter NO OUTQ The name of the output queue to which the audit trail entrie
158. ds are interactive and can be run only from a microcomputer emulating a 5250 ALOCATB DELETEB TO3XB PGMTO3XB PGMFROM3XB RENAMEB TESTB FROM3XB PRTFROM3X PRTTO3X EDITTABLE and STRSEU You must run the file to o hese commands from the microcomputer that you are sending receiving it from K ct The power commands can be initiated from any AS 400 display The source or target device specified in the transfer must be a microcomputer running 5250 emulation with the AS 400 sign on screen displayed Batch ETU Commands Batch jobs are submitted to a job queue where they are processed along with any other jobs on the queue Batch jobs do not tie up your microcomputer The ETU commands that translate data or work with translation tables can be run in batch mode as well as interactively These commands are PRTXFRMPC PRTXTOPC XLATEFROM and XLATETO You can run these commands from a microcomputer emulating a 5250 or from any host terminal attached to the host system The ETU power commands can also be submitted to batch by using SBMJOB or the ETU utility SBMBATXFER submit batch transfer The power commands are PWRDELETEB PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRRENAMEB and PWRTO3XB ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 10 About Microcomputer Files ETU works with several types of microcomputers including IBM PCs and compatibles and Apple Maces Th
159. e 011603 A 2 Editing User defined Menu Options With ETU it s possible to add menu options called user defined functions to the ETU Main menu A user defined function is any command or program that can be run on the AS 400 Even ETU utilities like EDTUDF can be added to the ETU menu Once a user defined function has been added to the menu you can execute the option as you do any ETU option by entering the option number on the ETU command line and pressing ENTER To add a user defined function to the menu follow the instructions below 1 If you adding a user defined function for your own menu enter th command EDTUDF on the AS 400 command line and press Enter Then skip to step 3 If you are adding a user defined function for a user other than yourself press F4 You are prompted to enter a user profile You can add user defined functions for a single user or a group of users To add a user defined function for a single user enter the user s profile name To adda user defined function for a group of users enter the group profile name 2 Press ENTER The Edit User defined Functions screen displays The first time you add a user defined function the utility is in add mode Each time thereafter it is in change mode To switch from change mode to add mode press F9 3 On the Edit User defined Functions screen supply values for the Descri
160. e Mode Equivalents The System 36 mode ETU commands and their equivalent commands in native mode are listed below in Table G 1 Table G 1 ETU s System 36 mode commands and their native mode equivalents System 36 mode commands Their native mode equivalents ALLOCATE ALOCATB DELETE DELETEB COMPILE STRSEU FILEFRPC TO3XB FILETOPC FROM3XB LIBRFRPC PGMTO3XB LIBRTOPC PGMFROM3XB PRNTEFRMPC PRTTO3X PRNTTOPC PRTFROM3X RENAME RENAMEB TESTFILE TESTB XLT36FIL XLATETO XLT36PRT PRTTOPC XLTPCFIL XLATEFROM XLTPCPRT PRTXFRMPC ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 5 ALLOCATE Procedure ETU36 ALLOCATE workstation file name E The ALLOCATE procedure allocates a new file on the workstation workstation file name is the name of the workstation file to be allocated For additional information see Workstation File Name on page ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 6 COMPILE Procedures The translation table functions are not provided in the S 36 mode The native mode translate tables provide the required support If you execute the COMPILE procedure it calls the native mode ETU command EDITTABLE used to compile the translate source member See the EDITTABLE command in Chapter 10 for more information ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 7 DELETE Procedure ETU DELETE
161. e Objects OS 400 command work the same as in V3R6 Version 5 04 1 of ETU 400 RISC accommodates either V3R6 or V3R7 so that the PTF is not required This makes the installation much easier ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 6 Features of Version 5 5 Version 5 5 and the changes to it are as follows This version has been created to remove the need for registration with ETU the Y2K changes are now redundant 1 Changed save command to use V3R6 rather than PRV so that once built ETU can be used on any version of RISC OS400 2 Changed all RPG programs to ignore decimal data errors to solve problems that were occurring with spreadsheet data 3 Transfer commands with DIF file translation would replace a one quote embedded in the data stream with two quotes for the commands that were missed when V5 01 was created 4 Corrected LOCAL REMOTE option for when you are connected to a remote controller 5 Changed user message to read amp bytes moved to PC and added amp bytes moved from PC 6 Changed the build command so that no checking is done for the version of ETU had to keep changing it each time we built a new version 7 There is no longer default install library user must specify at installation ETU400 User Guide 011603 1 7 Features of Version 5 6 Version 5 6 is the latest releas This release supports changes in Operating System V5
162. e PC so you can print it on the PC printer Translate the file to a PC using translation table member ETOA1 in the TRANSLATE file 1 Choose option 3 from the ETU Main menu The PRTFROM3X screen displays Figure 5 3 2 Enter the output queue name at the Output queue prompt userl Use LIBL for the Output queue library name 3 Use the defaults for the translation table file and member names TRANSLATE and ETOA1 respectively ea w an Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER The US output queue displays Figure 5 4 Figure 5 3 The PRTFROM3X prompt screen Host spool file to micro CPRTFROM3X Type choices press Enter Output queue Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name ETOA1 Name Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 8 4 Choose the spool file you want to transfer Press the TAB key until the cursor is next to the spool file you want to transfer In the left most column type a 2 Copyprt and transfer next to the print item Figure 5 4 The PRTFROM3X Print Queue Screen 1 03 03 14 15 31 Select COPYPRT File NLRISCLIFF Output queue PRTQ 1 Library LIBL Type options press Enter 1 Co
163. e TOFI exists th p LE E file is to be created The type of TOFI DATA A physical file is created T LE E specified length must be 0 or must record length Any length from 1 to 9989 is s fil If to b created the default SRC A source physical file is created Specifies whether a 12 byte sourc sequenc the file already match the file upported number and data field is to be written in the first 12 bytes of the record This allows the transla Entry Utility Source SEU No even if the file is not translated untranslated data would be seq affects the actual record leng NO Do not add th record length is equal to that specified te that SRCSI uenced in which case number dat field sequenc the default YES length is 12 greater than th Add th number dat sequenc length The type of file TEXT The This DIF The BASICS The form TAB The form ETU400 User Guide 011603 qu i qu qu alified file exis ted record to be read by the AS 400 EQ can be specified This parameter also th of the file The NO is field Actual record translation that is to occur ts in ASCII tex s the default alified file exis ts in DIF forma alified file exis at qu at alified file exis ts in BASIC Seq ts in BASIC Seq specified record
164. e authority from an ETU power command 1 Sign on to the AS 400 as QSECOFR 2 Enter the RVKOBJAUT command revoke object authority on the command press F4 line and prompt rvkobjaut 3 Enter the name of the command for which you wish to revoke authority 4 Enter the user or profile name for which you wish to revoke authority 5 Change the authority parameter to ALL 6 Press To revoke the GRTOBJ ENTER parameter authority from an ETU command other than a power command issue AUT command with EXCLUDE as the value for the AUTHORITY Regranting Authority to a Previously Revoked Command How you regrant au revoked depends on To reg as you To reg with rant a would rant a uthori uthori EXCLUD tho rity to an ETU command that has previously been whether the command is a power command or not Ey CY ETU400 User Guide 011603 tO a power command use the GRTOBJAUT command just when first granting authority to a non power command use the RVKOBJAUT command E as the value in the AUTHORITY parameter A 10 Securing Devices on the AS 400 For the Security Officer The ETU power commands allow a properly authorized user to transfer files to and from multiple devices Th devices to which a user is authorized can be limited using the security built into the AS 400 Then if a user tries to transfer data to or from the
165. e library containing the specified entry program EXITPGM The name of the program to be run after the transfer occurs Library name The name of the library containing the specified exit program DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the PWRFROM3XB command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 33 PWRRENAMEB Command Parameter de Qualified fi New file nam Process done micro Display stat scription Parameter name Parameter values le name QFNAME 1 micro file name e NEWFIL new file name on which MICLIST REQUESTER device name us message DSPSTSMSG NO or YES Issue PWRRENAMEB on the command line and press F4 to prompt in order to rename an ex isting micro file on a specified micro or micros You can issue PWRRENAMEB from a micro in emulation mode or from a dumb terminal You can also run this command in batch mode The PWRRENAM EB parameters are described below QFNAME NEWFIL MICLST REQUE device DSPSTSMSG The name of the micro file to be renamed The new name to be given to the micro file Do not include the path name with the file The device name of the micro that contains the file to be renamed STER Renames the file on the micro from which the command is initiated name Renames the file on the micro with this device name
166. e listed for you here RENAMEB Renames an existing microcomputer file ALOCATB Allocates creates a new microcomputer file e DELETEB Deletes an existing microcomputer file e TESTB Tests for the existence of a microcomputer file ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 2 Rename a Micro File The RENAMEB Command With the RENAMEB command you can rename an existing micro file while you are in emulation mode You supply the current name of the micro file and the new name The new file uses the same path as the file it replaces RENAMEB Example In this example you are working in emulation on the AS 400 and you want to rename a PC file called c data pgm to c datal pgm 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main menu The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 2 from the ETU Utilities menu The RENAMEB prompt screen displays 3 ts nter the micro file name at the Qualified file name prompt c data pgm 4 Enter the file s new name at the New micro file name prompt datal pgm 5 Start the command by pressing ENTER ETU will rename the file on the PC Figure 7 1 The RENAMEB prompt screen Rename a micro file CRENAMEB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name New micro file name Display status messages YES YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How
167. e of the file you want to rename and retry the operation CAUSE The name you specified for the new PC file already exists SOLUTION Enter a different name for the new PC file Do not put the path in the New file name parameter of the RENAMEB command PROBLEM USR7255 File not found on PC disk diskette in the current directory CAUSE The PC file you specified was not found on the current PC disk or diskette For micro to host file transfers the micro file and directory path names specified must match exactly with the actual file and directory names SOLUTION Change the directory name path and retry the file transfer ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 8 PROBLEM USR7900 System Error INCORRECT SYSTEM SERIAL NUMBER CALL SYSTEM SUPPORT STAFF or on ETU36 USER 7900 Option 3 error in host registration system contact Emerald Technology CAUSE Have had ETU 36 for over a year They are upgrading to an AS 400 SOLUTION Call sales to transfer the license for 100 and get a new registration for the new machine CAUSE ETU 36 will force a registration if you go into the OWNERID screen SOLUTION Uninstall and reinstall The next four messages may occur when using the TO3XB or PWRT03XB command to transfer a micro file to a new host file PROBLEM USR8255 For FILETYPE equal to DATA or SAVF SRCSEX must be equal to NO CAUSE The values specified for the FILETYPE and SRCSEX parameters are not compat
168. e originally been transferred to the micro from the host with the PGMFROM3XB command PROBLEM USR1255 File amp 1 was not found on the PC disk diskette CAUSE The OPEN FILE command sent to the PC emulator failed because the file name specified was not found in the current directory on the PC disk diskette SOLUTION Use the native command mode for ETU400 Correct the error and retry the command PROBLEM USR1256 ETU transfer failed sometimes tied with message COD0006 AA Unsuccessful Device error Error 1331 CAUSE This could be a Windows file sharing violation SOLUTION Close the file before transferring it CAUSE The Qualified File Name could be wrong SOLUTION Make certain that the C is not C Make certain the extension is correct ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 6 PROBLEM USR4001 The PC disk diskette is full Transfer ended CAUSE The disk or diskette to which you are transferring became full during the transfer causing the transfer to end When transferring a file to the micro with ETU the size of the file being transferred may not be greater than the capacity of the disk or diskette receiving the file SOLUTION Specify a different drive with a greater capacity PROBLEM USR5255 Invalid PC file name or no space for a new directory entry Invalid PC file name or No space for a new director entry CAUSE The file name specified for the PC file is not a valid file name If a f
169. e physical files only Specifies whether the first 12 bytes of each record are to be ignored when reading the file This 12 byte area contains the sequence number and date fields for source physical files NO Do not strip off any data from the record the default YES Strip off ignore the first 12 bytes TRANSLATE Determines whether the data is to be translated and if so what type of translation is to be performed TEXT or YES The AS 400 file is to be translated into ASCII text format The default is TEXT DIF The AS 400 file is to be translated into DIF format BASICS The AS 400 file is to be translated into BASIC Sequential format TAB The AS 400 file is to be translated into BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters NO or NONE No translation of the AS 400 file is to be performed Usually this is used only after an independent translation has been done using the XLATETO command TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used when a translation is specified The default is TRANSLATE Mac Users There are two files you can use If you use the default file TRANSLATE the member names have an M on the end of the name for example ETOAIM The Mac tables are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ETOA1 ETU400 User Guide 011603 1
170. e your emulator and API the way you would to run PC Support 36 Starting ETU Once you ve IBMTRAN int 1 Load the 2 Hotkey to DOS press ALT I 3 Run the then IBMTRAN should work When Using IBMTRAN copied IBMTRAN to your PC follow these instructions to load o your PC s memory emulator and establish a session with the host oC Gl IBMTRAN EXE program on the PC To do this make current th subdirectory containing the emulation software Then type ibmtran 4 After the program loads it automatically hotkeys back to emulation You can now run any ETU command Exiting IBMTRAN After you load IBMTRAN on your PC it remains in memory until you unload it To exit IBMTRAN 1 Hotkey to DOS press ALT ESC An intermediate screen displays which contains the following message across the bottom of the screen ETU is now active ALT ESC to return to emulation ALT BREAK to return to DOS 2 Press ALT BREAK to unload IBMTRAN This wil l unload IBMTRAN from memory and leave you at the DOS prompt You can hotkey from DOS back to the host session and continue working in emula another Alternative M tion Remember to load IMBTRAN again before you attempt ETU file transfer ethod to Start and Exit IBMTRAN You can also load IBMTRAN by typing ibmtran This variation returns to DOS thus bypassing the intermediate screen described above This may be h
171. echnologies Connecting made easy ETU400 User Guide AS 400 File Transfer Utility SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE OPENING THIS PACKAGE OPENING THIS PACKAGE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THEM YOU SHOULD PROMPTLY RETURN THE PACKAGE UNOPENED AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE RETURNED NLynx provides the computer software program contained on the medium in the package The Software and licenses its use You assume responsibility for the selection of the Software to achieve your intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the Software DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to the terms as they appear in this Agreement NLynx means NLynx Technologies Inc acting by and through one or more of its subsidiaries in its Network Systems group You and Your refer to any person or entity that acquires or uses this Package Software means the computer programs contained in this Package together with all codes techniques software tools formats designs concepts methods and ideas associated with the program Package means the Software hardware manual s and other items accompanying this Agreement PERMITTED AND INTENDED US
172. ecify record length 1024 and TRANSLATE NONE To transfer a SAVE file back to the micro use the FROM3XB command with SAVTYPE YES TRANSLATE NONE and RECL 1024 T SRC A source physical file is a file that can be read by the AS 400 Source Entry Utility SEU SAVE A file type that provides a means of storing AS 400 objects on line To use SAVF RECL record length must be 528 and TRANSLATE NONE ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 5 Data Description Specifications When you create a physical file DATA on the AS 400 you can define the file using Data Description Specifications DDS The DDS file definition tells the computer many things about the file including where one field begins and ends and whether a field is numeric or alphabetic It s not necessary for each physical file to have a unique set of DDS specifications In fact if the format is the same for two different files you can define them both with the same DDS specifications be sure to use different file names when creating the physical files The DDS definition is stored as a member within a source physical file When you are transferring data to a new host file you can specify the source file and member containing the DDS that define the file Specify the file containing the DDS in the parameter called FLDDEFFILE NOTE If when transferring data to a new host f
173. ed program EXITPGM The name of any user specified transferring the file xit program to be run after Library name The name of the library containing the specified program DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of this command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 40 RENAMEB Command Parameter values micro file name new file name NO or YES Parameter description Parameter name Qualified file name QFNAME 1 New file name NEWFIL Display status message DSPSTSMSG The RENAMEB command renames a file on the micro Mac Users The directory dialog box is unavailable for the RENAME option QFNAME The name of the micro file including the path to be renamed For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 NEWFIL The new name to be given to the micro file The path of the file given in the QFNAME parameter is used DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 41 SBMBATXFER Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Command name to submit SBMCMDNAME ETU command name Job name JOBNAME JOBD submitted job name Job description JOBD USERPRFE job description name Library name LIBL library name Job queue
174. ed red was not externally defined and ICS you file containing either or file defined a TEXT its equivalent member with same name as FLDDEFFILE FIRST Transfers the file LAST Transfers the file The name of the mic AS 400 For addi Files in Chapter 3 Saves th the first member the last member tional information current later tim Th command with the The default is NO YES and enter th VWSAVROS ETU400 User Guide 011603 request definition is parameter values as you hav To sav request name you desire The name of the SAVRQS req request name can be up to To recall th r nam or the arrival sequence in arrival sequence in ro file to contain the data from the See About Microcomputer request definition so it can be used at a this completed FROM3XB th t definition reques use the saved request uest definition ten characters long specified them specify The ETU command 10 10 DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO FROM3XB Notes When you specify file translation with this command the AS 400 file FRMFILE is read by the translate program After the program translates the data it writes the translated data into a workfile that is created for this purpose PCTTOWORK
175. ed SAVROS save request This parameter allows you to save the command request for the transfer operation that you are currently performing To save the definition of a command request enter YES as the value in the SAVROS parameter Then supply a name for the request The request name may be up to ten characters long m To replay any request definition you have previously saved use the ETU command VWSAVRQS view save request The VWSAVRQS command is covered in Chapter 9 Advanced ETU Features and Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference NOTE When you save a PWRFROM3XB request definition note that special values shouldn t be used in the Comparison Value prompt in the Record Selection parameter See PWRFROM3XB command in Chapter 10 Command Reference for more details on the special values ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 9 Types of Processing Any work that is processed by the AS 400 is called a job Two important types of jobs are interactive jobs and batch jobs All ETU commands can be run interactively Some can be run in batch mode as well Interactive ETU Commands Interactive jobs begin processing the moment you execute them usually when you press the ENTER key The microcomputer from which you execute the job is input inhibited or tied up until the interactive job is completed During this time you can t use the host session from which you have initiated ETU The following comman
176. ed based on the ollowing parameters ed Relational Operator and ases To display multiple and press ENTER t be if the value in the TOTAL In this TOTAL is the field to be relational operator and 1000 NOTE Record selection can be used only with externally described files Relates on case must use IF ETU400 User Guide 011603 test case to another The first test The default NONE transfers 10 32 all records in the file The other relationships are AND OR ANDIF ORIF and are used in situations where more than one test case is performed Field to be Tested Specifies the field to be tested Use th FRMFILE parameter for the field name Relational Operator The relationship between the field to be tested and the comparison value The operators are EQ Equal to NE Not equal to GT Greater than LT Less than LE Less than or equal to GE Greater than or equal to Comparison Value The value to which to compare the data in the field Enter numeric values for numeric fields alphabetic values for alphabetic fields Enclose alphabetic fields in single quotation marks NOTE a space e g For Saved Requests an alphabetic Comparison Value containing red apple is a special value ENTRY PGM The name of the program to be run before the transfer occurs Library name The name of th
177. edure then execute line 9 in SEU Procedure2 it will work CAUSE CL procedure that was calling the programs to create the files was the same CL procedure that was calling the ETU commands to transfer translate those same files According to the CL documentation the program that created the files has ownership of them causing a SHARE violation when the ETU command tried to access them SOLUTION There is supposed to be a way to get around this using the SHARE command however you can make two completely separate procedures one to create the files and one to transfer the files ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 25 Appendix F ASCI EBCDIC PRINTABLE CHARACTERS ETU400 User Guide 011603 F 1 About This Appendix This appendix lists the ASCII and EBCDIC characters and their hexadecimal equivalents Use this table when you create or modify an ETU translation table ETU400 User Guide 011603 EBCDIC ASCII fo C J Ble m ejejejejejlejlrejlejlejejlejlolo COILQWI PR olol rylan oO sw hO r old 30 1 tH oO NINININININININININ gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt O CO NID O11 AIIN gt O CO N OQ AT AVN 32 20 space m a o ojojojory NENEN ENEN WIN gt O O Oo N OD Of A G Po OO O CO NJ Oo A Wl Ww W Ww Wl WIN NM DM M PM PMO PMO MO MOM NM NM dM NM d OP BPNMINMIFILOF Hl OlQ W br oilo yn a os ao mir ETU400 User Guide 011603 F 3 o
178. efault SAVE Permits offline storage of micro files and moves executable programs between micros Requires a RECL value of 1024 bytes All necessary data including Mac data and resource forks is transferred Data is not translated to EBCDIC and therefore cannot be used on the host To restore data to the micro use the FROM3XB command with the SAVTYPE parameter and TRANSLATE NONE SRC A source physical file is created If a SRC file is created 12 bytes will be added to the RECL value A source physical file can be read by SEU SAVF A save file is created A RECL value of 528 bytes and TRANSLATE NONE is required NOTE To create a SAVF object you must be authorized to execute th CRTSAVF command normally restricted to the security officer If the SAVF object already exists no special authority is required SRCSEQ Determines whether a 12 byte source sequence number and date field is to be written in the first 12 bytes of the record This allows the translated record to be read by the S 38 Source Entry Utility SEU This parameter also affects the actual record length of the file If you specify YES for this parameter you must add 12 positions to the figure in RECL NO Do not add the sequence number date field The record length is equal to that specified the default YES Add the sequence number date field Actual
179. eference This example rrections to any field or input specifications ropriate line and press F4 You will notice shows the field position names for the line with the sequence number highlighted Press th field to be changed make any appropriate changes D 14 If you need to insert a line line number that wW enter Il in the first two positions of the ill precede the new lin For example enter Il over line number 0003 00 to insert a new line following line 0003 00 TS Press F3 to complete the F amp I specification The SEU Exit screen appears as shown in Figure D 9 Verify that the Change create member parameter is Y for yes Also verify that th name on this scr command member name and the library n are correct and then press ENTER You will be returned to the AS 400 screen you were at prior to issuing the SEU The F amp I specification called SAMPLE for the demo file called ETUFILE is now defined You can now use this F amp I definition to transfer the file using ETU Figure D 9 The SE Exit screen Exit Type choices press Enter Change create member Y Member SAMPLE File QRPGSRC Library QGPL Text Resequence member Y Start 0001 00 Increment 01 00 Print member N Return to editing N Go to member list N F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Y Yes N No Name
180. ell the host whether the micro involved in the translation is a DOS based PC or a Mac Each translation table is stored as a member in a physical file The DOS based tables are in a physical file called TRANSLATE in the host library containing the ETU programs The Mac translation tables are in a physical file called MACTAB in the same library The source for each table is also included with ETU Each table is stored as a source member in a source file called TRANSSRC also in the library containing the ETU programs To modify a translation table you will change one of the source members There are four tables for PC DOS translations and three for the Mac translations Each table and its function is described below in Table 8 Ts Table 8 1 The ETU translation table members in source file TRANSSRC PC DOS ETOA1 The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation Translation Tables member producing a variable length record with carriage return and line feed added after the last byte of data in each record Trailing blanks are stripped ETOA1 The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation member producing a basic random file on the PC with no carriage return line feed ETOA1 The EBCDIC to ASCII character translation member producing a fixed length record with carriage return and line feed added at the end of each record Trailing blanks are not stripped
181. elpful for use in batch files where you want to perform a file transfer and then exit out of IBMTRAN ETU400 User Guide 011603 2 10 Chapter 3 USING ETU About This Chapter Starting ETU A Note About Authorization The ETU Main Menu The ETU Utilities Menu The ETU Commands Main Menu File Transfer Commands Main Menu ETU Power Commands Utilities Menu Microcomputer Commands Utilities Menu File Translation Commands Utilities Menu Translation Table Commands Running ETU Commands Using the Menu Entering Commands on the Command Line Using the Command Prompts Using the Mac Directory Dialogue Boxes Recalling ETU Commands Request Definitions Types of Processing Interactive ETU Commands Batch ETU Commands About Microcomputer Files File Formats PC DOS Apple Mac 3 1 About This Chapter This chapter is intended for beginning users of ETU It covers the basics of running ETU in native mode on the AS 400 In this chapter you will learn e how to start ETU e how to use the ETU menu e how to enter ETU commands e about using ETU with PC or Apple Mac files Once you have read this chapter continue with Chapter 4 Learning About ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 2 Starting ETU You can begin using ETU once it is installed on your host system To start ETU 1 Load your 5250 emulation software on your microcomputer If ne
182. ely on the registered host system If you re install ETU or its accompanying data files you may need to re install the host registration number Re installing ETU If you are re installing ETU in order to recover from a system crash or some other system error re install ETU following the instructions in Installing the ETU Software on page 2 3 ETU400 User Guide 011603 2 7 If you are updating an existing version of ETU sign on as the system security officer QSECOFR back up your ETU library using the SAVLIB command and then re install ETU following the instructions in Installing the ETU Software on page 2 3 Removing ETU From Your Host System ETU includes a utility that allows for easy removal of the ETU programs from your host system See Appendix A for details on removing ETU Installing ETU For International Users If you are running ETU on a host system that supports a language other than U S English you may need to install the foreign language translation table appropriate for your language To install foreign language tables s Appendix H International Translation Tables Technical Support Technical Support is provided for up to one year from the date of purchase Serial number is required Technical Support by telephone is from 8 30 5 30 CST Toll free 1 888 NLynx67 Technical Support Hotline We will provide answers and support by email for product that i
183. eni T 128 reformat xlate file xlate size input specs DIF 1000 BASICS TAB spec lib clilb ETU36 FILEFRPC workstation file name AS400 label record lenl T 128 SAV NONI Gl Gl The FILEFRPC procedure transfers a file from the workstation to the AS 400 optionally translating the file into an AS 400 file format workstation file name The name of the workstation file to be transferred from the workstation For additional information see Workstation File Name on page AS 400 label The file label name of the AS 400 file to receive the file transferred from the workstation ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 10 record lenl optional is the record length of the target AS 400 file AS 400 label This value defaults to 128 retain optional is the file retention how long the file is to exist for the translated AS 400 label2 Allowed values are T or J Specifying T results in the file existing indefinitely until specifically deleted and specifying J will result in the file being automatically deleted at the end of the current AS 400 job The default value is T reformat optional specifies the type of data translation to take place on the AS 400 file TEXT or YES the file is to be translated into ASCII text format DIF the file is to be transl
184. er source code with the FROM3XB PWRFROM3XB TO3XB or PWRTO3XB command NOTE To use this command you must be signed on as a security officer or be authorized to execute the program QSCMATPG QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to contain the AS 400 program For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 PGM The qualified name of the AS 400 executable program to be transferred to the micro Library The library containing the program The default is LIBL DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES To turn the messages off enter NO TGTRLS The OS 400 release level of the target AS 400 To be used when transferring a program between AS 400s having differing versions of OS 400 The syntax for entering the target release level differs from one OS 400 release level to another You can obtain the syntax for the target release level of the AS 400 you re transferring the program to by running the SAVOBJ command To access the SAVOBJ command press F10 from when prompting the PGMFROM3XB command ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 16 PGMTO3XB Command Parameter description Qualified file name Program Library name Display status message Parameter name OFNAME PGM DSPSTSMSG Parameter values micro file name host program name LIBL library name XY ES or NO The PGMTO3XB command transfers a host executable pr
185. eration For more information abou definition Learning About ETU To store the microcomp as the value for the FIL parameter the name of the host the translat the translation type and translation tore data on the host in off site storage for you uter data on the host ETYPE parameter To trans use the FROM3XB command with Y the name of the micro f file to which it will be ion information that i table specify the TO3XB operation yo record length or the f DDS If the ETU uses the existing fil t file definitions see Ch either a ASCII in ASCII fer the ES as the ile you ncludes u must ile and host file e apter 4 If you prefer not to have the data translated during the TO3XB operation translate th EFROM command file The XLAT you XLAT after it is transferred to the host wi th the EFROM command translates a data file on the host after the file has been received from the micro with the TO3XB EF F E command You can use XLAT were coded as shown filetype data srcseq no translate none ROM only if the following TO3XB parameters The TO3XB command can be run only from the microcomputer on which the file being transferred resides Figure 5 2 The TO3XB prompt screen Transfer to 3X T03XB Type choices press Enter File name Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Member name FILE Name
186. es will be added to the value in RECL A save file is created A record length RECL of 528 bytes is required and TRANSLATE must be NONE NOTE To create a SAVF object you must be authorized to execute th CRTISAVF command SRCSEQ Determines whether a 12 byte source sequence number and date field is to This allows be written in the first 12 bytes of the record the translated record to be read by the AS 400 Source Entry Utility SEU This parameter also affects the actual record length of the file If you specify YES for this parameter you must add 12 positions to the figure in RECL NO Do not add the sequence number date field The record length is equal to that specified the default YES Add the sequence number date field Actual record length will be 12 greater than the record length specified in the RECL parameter Note that SRCSEQ can be specified even if the file is not translated in which case untranslated data would be sequenced TRUNCATE For TEXT translations only Specifies whether the text is to be truncated or folded in the event that the length of the file is longer than the record length specified in the parameter R ECL NO The data is folded this is the default ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 38 DLTFILE SAVRQS Request Name TRANSFILE YES The data is truncated if neces sary To
187. ese commands offer advanced features to experienced users of ETU They are discussed in Chapter 9 Advanced ETU Features Option 1 PWRFROM3XB Optnon 3 PCFROMPC Option 2 PWRTO3XB Option 4 PCTOPC Utilities Menu Microcomputer Commands These commands allow you to work with micro files while you are working on the host in emulation They are discussed in Chapter 7 Working with PC Functions Option 1 ALOCATB Option 3 DELETEB Option 2 RENAMEB Option 4 TESTB Utilities Menu File Translation Commands These commands translate data so that both the host and the microcomputer can use it They are discussed in Chapter 6 Translating Files Option 1 XLATETO Option 3 XLATEFROM Option 2 PRTXTO3XB Option 4 PRTXFRMPC Utilities Menu Translation Table Commands These commands allow advanced users to change the translation tables supplied with ETU They are discussed in Chapter 8 Modifying Translation Tables Option 1 STRSEU Option 2 EDITTABL Gl ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 6 Running ETU Commands With ETU entering result that is there are two ways to run commands ETU commands on the command line a prompt screen displays on which you provide information like the name of the file you want to transfer ETU menus have an option field or a command using the ETU menu or Both methods produce the same and where you want to transfer the file
188. esented in Figure C 1 shown below This spreadsheet contains four fields Table C 1 at the bottom of this page describes how you will define each field T Figure C 1 SAMPLE file created with PC spreadsheet A B Cc D E 1 Bart Simpson President 45301 San Jose 2 Homer Simpson Vice President 34500 Austin 3 Fred Flintstone General Manager 57500 Denver 4 Cliff Anderson Technical Support Manager 42300 Springfield 5 Tom Stiles Customer Relations 32400 Los Angeles Manager 6 Monica Martinez Office Manager 24300 Buda 7 Scott Haram Director of Intelligence 00700 Chicago 8 Tom Williams Sales Manager 43200 Dallas 9 Mr Spock Foreign Relations 23400 Vulcan 10 Dilbert Dill Engineering Manager 42300 San Jose 11 Wally Findley Marketing Manager 76700 Houston 12 Herman Munster Software Engineer 66600 Waco 13 Cosmo Kramer Personal Director 32100 New York 14 Harry Potter Vice President 43200 London 15 Gandalf Wizard Information Systems Manager 16 17 18 19 20 21 Table C 1 Field definitions for file SAMPLE Field Name Field Length Field Type Decimal Positions NAME 17 Alphabetic TITLE 36 Alphabetic SALARY 7 Numeric 2 CITY 15 Alphabetic ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 3 To create a DDS specs for a file use the PDM Programming Development Manager u pages desc page 1 Log on 2 Type ST The AS 400 press ENTE tility on the AS 400 The step
189. eted from the print spool Blank is the default meaning Do not change the print status optional is the date of the AS 400 COPYPRT file AS 400 label1 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 29 mode optional specifies whether the target translation file is to be created by this procedure or if an existing file is to be changed Specify CREATE to create a new file with the name specified in the parameter AS 400 label2 Specify ADD to add the print reports to the existing file AS 400 label2 The default value is CREATE AS 400 label2 is the label name of the file to receive th translated data file size optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default value is 1000 date 2 optional is the date of the AS 400 file to be added to AS 400 label2 retain optional is the file retention how long the file is to exist for the translated AS 400 label2 Allowed values are T or J Specifying T will result in the file existing indefinitely until specifically deleted and specifying J will result in the file being automatically deleted at the end of the current AS 400 job The default value is T from window optional is the print column position of the report s on which to start translation Any number from 1 to 198 is valid The default is 1 to window optional is the pr
190. fers from existing file CAUSE The translation failed because the record length RECL you specified in the translation command does not match the record length of the file being translated SOLUTION Verify that the record length you specified matches the actual record length of the file PROBLEM Getting USR0022 xxxx bytes moved to from PC disk diskette after moving to a new system He used to monitor for a CPF CAUSE Usually this is a good message Sometimes users monitor for CPF messages in batch files A newer version of ETU might not generate the same CPF failure SOLUTION Monitor for USRO022 PROBLEM USRO0031 PGM amp 1 amp 2 already exists G to delete and continue C to cancel transfer request CAUSE The program you specified in the PGMTO3XB transfer in the library you specified already exists on the host SOLUTION If you want to overwrite the old host program with the new one press G This will permanently delete the old program If you want to cancel the transfer request press C ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 5 PROBLEM USR0032 Error detected while materializing program into AS 400 object file does not contain valid AS 400 object data CAUSE The program you tried to transfer to the host from the PC was not previously transferred to the PC from the host SOLUTION In order to transfer a program from the micro to the host with the PGMTO3XB command the program must hav
191. fine the menu option so that you are prompted for parameters each time you call the option from the menu so it displays only on your own menu and appears on your menu as Edit User defined Functions 1 Enter the EDTUDF command on the AS 400 command line edtudf Press F4 to prompt for the parameters The Enter User Profile screen displays Since you are adding this menu option only to your own menu use the default USER Press ENTER The Edit User Defined Function screen displays At the Description prompt enter the name of the option as you want it to appear on the menu including UPPER and lower case characters Edit User defined Functions At the Functions prompt enter the name of the command you are adding to the menu edtudf At the Mode prompt enter pmt If you had entered exe the EDTUDF prompt screen would have displayed and you would have been expected to define the request as you would have liked it to execute each time the option is chosen from the menu Press Enter to add the user defined function Press F3 to end the command and return to the Main ETU menu For more information on EDTUDF see Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 5 Configuring the Audit Trail An audit trail is produced for the ETU commands FROM3XB PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB and TO3XB The purpose of an au
192. g to Copy Privileged Module PCRCB1 not found CAUSE Customer installed the ETU 36 software but not as a security officer SOLUTION The installation requires some privileges that require the use of the security officer privileges There is no work around as these capabilities are external to ETU and is intrinsic to the SSP If a person lost the Security Officer password the whole drive would have to be reformatted ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 20 OCL PROBLEMS PROBLEM When submit my OCL get this message PCT0002 Invalid or missing parameter CAUSE There are two steps to a transfer the translation and the transfer itself In OCL the parameters must be entered for each step SOLUTION Use two steps 1 translate and 2 then transfer using NONE PROBLEM The company has 8 output queues that will have new data every day for the same output queue names They want to automate as much as possible the daily transfer process ANSWER No matter what happens the spool queue must be copied from the spool to a physical file The ETU part is the translation from EBCDIC to ASCII and to move the file to the PC ETU can only work with a physical file The process of copying the spool file to a physical file use an OS 400 command called CPYSPLF The command interface only allows for a single spool file to be copied In general the OS 400 spool file interface is very restrictive Bottom line it does not matter what ETU c
193. he colon before Training represents the hard drive Once the transfer is complete the receiving Maces will each have a new file named Test in their Training folders ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 11 Receiver 1 Sender Receiver 2 panies sae AS 400 ae AS 400 AS 400 i Test Figure 9 2 Transferring Files With InterAxcess Several Levels Deep Record and Field Selection Record selection and field selection are features that allow you to transfer only the records and fields you specify This feature is part of the PWRFROM3XB command Record selection and field selection are not mutually exclusive functions of ETU although it s not necessary to use them together NOTE Record and field selection can be used only with externally defined host physical files About Creating Auxiliary Storage Pools The Record and Field Selection feature within the PWRFROM3XB command will not work properly if you define one or more additional Auxiliary Storage Pools on the AS 400 This is because ETU creates temporary work files in the library QTEMP which is always located in Auxiliary Storage Pool 1 which comes with OS 400 If you create an additional Auxiliary Storage Pool ETU cannot create the work files associated with the data file that is stored in any newly created Auxiliary Storage Pools If you do create a new Auxiliary Storage Pool you can simulate record and field selection in a file
194. he AS 400 not necessarily the connecting micro as it does not involve any interaction with the micro When using FROM3XB to transfer the resulting data code the FROM3XB parameters STRIP and TRANSLATE as follows strip no translate no FRMFILE The file name of the AS 400 file to be translated Library The library containing the FRMFILE file LIBL is the default specifying that all libraries in the library list are to be searched FRMMBR The FRMFILE member name You can enter the member name or one of the following values FILE Translates the member with the same name as the FRMFILE file the default ALL Translates all members in the file into one member ALL is not valid with DIF translation FIRST Processes the first member arrival sequence in the file LAST Processes the last member arrival sequence in the file PCDATA The name of the AS 400 physical file that is to contain the translated data Library The library containing the PCDATA LIBL is the default specifying that all libraries in the library list are to be searched PCMBR The PCDATA file member nam STRIP For source physical files only Specifies whether the 12 byt source sequence number and data field for source physical files is to be removed before translation YES Strip off ignore the first 12 bytes NO Do not strip off any data from the record default TRANSLATE
195. he default NONE because the file will not be sorted using the PHONE field The Ascending or 5 Descending field is not used because the Key Field value is NONE When you execute this command the file will transfer to the PC The only fields that transfer are th mploy name and phone number Th information will be sorted into alphabetical order ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 14 Field Selection Example 2 In this example you will see how you can use more than one key field when transfer ring selected fields You will transfer the same file as in the first example This time you will transfer th mploy names and their rates of pay You will sort the information first in order of highest salary to lowest salary and second in alphabetical order when two or mor mployees earn the same sala the PC ry Table 9 2 below illustrates how the file will appear on Table 9 2 Transferred data for Example 2 Salary Employee name 10 000 Spock 15 000 Anderson 20 000 Stiles 30 000 Brandybuck 65 000 Dilbert 75 000 Wally 80 000 Martinez 90 000 Haram 100 000 Simpson 1 Enter the file transfer and translation information as you would with any file transfer 2 In the FLDSEL parameter next to the field name prompt enter a plus sign and press ENTER This displays multiple prompts 3 In the first prompt for field name enter PAYRAT rate of ann
196. he defaults for the other parameters 6 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command The translation job will be sent to a job queue After the file is translated the print file will be sent to the USERX output queue and will automatically print when it reaches the top of the queue ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 10 Translating Host Spool Files The PRTXTOPC Command The prin translated prin Befo spool file to a physical file CPYS within the PRTXTOPC command PRTXTOPC command translates host spool files that reside on an AS 400 t queue prior to transferring them to a PC After the file is use the FROM3XB command with no translation to transfer the t file to the PC re you transfer the file to the PC you must change the file froma To do this use the AS 400 command PLF You can run CPYSPLF independent of the PRTXTOPC command or If you run CPYSPLF independently enter TRANSLATE in the ACTION parameter on the PRTXTOPC prompt screen PRTXTOPC command To run CPYSPLF within the enter COPYPRT in the ACTION parameter Figure 6 4 The PRTXTPC prompt screen Copyprt spool file PC XLT CPRTXTOPC Type choices press Enter PC data file for use by TOPC Name Library name E E 1S LIBL Name LIBL PCDATA member name FILE Name FILE Action to perform COPYPRT TRANSLATE Spool file name QPRINT Name Spool file number LAST 00
197. he file on the PC is called a betal pgm You will transfer it to a file on the host called USERPGM in the QGPL library 1 Choose option 5 from the ETU Main menu The PGMTO3XB screen displays 2 Enter the PC file name at the Qualified file name prompt a beta pgm 3 Enter the name of the host file at the Program name prompt userpgm Use the default library name QGPL 4 Once you hav ntered th appropriate information press ENTER and the program will transfer to the host This concludes this chapter on how to transfer files between the host and the PC For more information on each command see Chapter 10 Command Reference ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 15 Chapter 6 TRANSLATING FILES About This Chapter Why Use the Translation Commands Translation Commands Can Run in Batch Mode Translation Commands Can Be Run From a Host Terminal Translation Commands Reduce Connection Time Translating Data Files Translating a Microcomputer File to a Host Format The XLATEFROM Command XLATEFROM Example Translating a Host File to Microcomputer Format The XLATETO Command XLATETO Example Translating Print Files Translating PC Print Files The PRTXFRMPC Command PRTXFRMPC Example Translating Host Spool Files The PRTXTOPC Command PRTXTOPC Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 1 About T This ch used in a file
198. he function of automating the process on the AS 400 itself vs using PC macros Interactive vs Batch Interactive means that the command strings are or appear to be typed in by a user Batch means that the commands are sent by a utility that does not identify itself as a terminal All ETU400 commands will work in interactive mode Some ETU400 commands will work in batch mode The ETU commands that work in batch mode are called power commands Power commands are only ETU400 commands If you run SSP then you can t use ETU400 only ETU36 Technically you can use the power commands but they are not supported in this environment Interactive ETU Commands The following commands are interactive and can be run only from a microcomputer emulating a 5250 and using an ETU certified 5250 API ALOCATB DELETEB TO3XB PGMTO3XB PGMFROM3XB RENAMEB TESTB FROM3XB PRTFROM3X PRTTO3X EDITTABLE and STRSEU You must run these commands from the microcomputer that you are sending the file to or receiving it from Interactive commands can be put in a CL script called OCL on the System 36 as long as they are run from the microcomputer that you are sending the file to or receiving it from See VWSAVRQS NOTE You can not run the interactive commands from a CL script that is called from a batch file This is because the underlying AS400 commands that ETU utilizes for the interactive commands are using COPYSELF In other words a batch file does not
199. he member names are described below When translating a file specify the translation table member that is appropriate for your situation For example if you are translating a file from a Mac to the host use translation table ATOE1 in file MACTAB For PC to host translations use the translation table ATOE1 in file TRANSLATE To specify a translation table enter the appropriate translation file name either TRANSLATE or MACTAB and the translation member name for example ETOA1 at the TRANSFILE prompt If these standard tables do not meet the needs of a specific application you may change them For more information about creating and modifying translation tables see Chapter 8 ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 8 ETU Translation Table Members The ETU translation tables member names and their specific functions in the TRANSLATE file are listed below ETOA1 ETOA2 ETOA3 ATOE1 ATOE3 The prod feed EBCDIC to ASCII PC DOS character translation member that uces a variable length record with carriage return and line added after the last byte of data in each record Trailing blan The prod line reco The prod ks are stripped EBCDIC to ASCII PC DOS character translation member that uces a basic random file on the PC with no carriage return feed The PC application is expected to read for a fixed rd length EBCDIC to ASCII PC DOS character translation membe
200. he member was edited type BAS BASP CBL CL CMD DSPF LF PF PLI PRTF PRG RPT TXT CLP CMNF DFU QRY MXDF You can enter a description that identifies the source member The description can be up to 50 characters The default is BLANK ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 46 TESTB Command Parameter description Qualified file name Notify operator Starting position in LDA Display status messages Parameter name QFNAME NOTIFY POS DSPSTSMSG The TESTB command tests for the existence result of the test is returned in a data later use If you specify NOTIFY YES exists via a completion message Parameter values micro file name YES NO no default 1 1012 YES NO of a file on the micro The area PCTDTAARA in QTEMP for you will be notified if the file QFNAME The name of the micro file to information NOTIFY Determines whether a messag is to be sent to the display YES Always send message d be tested For additional see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 about the existence of the file fault NO Do not send any message LDA Do not send any message but put result in POS The starting position in the parameter only with NOTIFY LDA convenience to S 36 users LDA for the result Use this LDA DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is YES
201. he procedure and denies further action causing your OCL to error out SOLUTION You can not start the OCL script from a batch file it must be started interactively PROBLEM can t transfer a file to the host from my Mac get an error message DOS error code 0C general failure probable error media error Transfer is run from an OCL script that asks for a filename CAUSE ETU asks for a Qualified file name such as C PCPRINT LST The filename needs to include the full path including the drive specification They are only typing in the filename Could be caused by using an incorrect path name in a script Could be caused by not reading the A drive SOLUTION Put an in the qualified filename field and it will prompt the end user to look for the file The name of the hard drive must be included in the path and it is all case sensitive PROBLEM can do a transfer but when try to do the same command in a batch procedure it fails When ETU is beginning the transfer it generates these error messages ETU transfer failed see Job Log and ETU Audit Report since all FROM or TO devices failed Devices in error are XXXXXXXX CAUSE The device name or REQUESTER that you used for the Xfer from which micro parameter is incorrect Device not found during acquire of program device xxxxxx to file PWRWS library ETUNEW SOLUTION The name of your device can be seen under the Menu WSMENUS in the upper left
202. he translation table In this step you will change the translation table using SEU so that it meets your needs e The first two steps in this process are performed using the command STRSEU option 20 on the ETU Utilities menu e Finally compil you will compile the new translation table from a source member to a physical file member the new member Using the ETU command EDITTABL Gl EDITTABLE is option 21 on the ETU Utilities menu Once you compile the new translation table you can use it to translate files Each step in this process is described on the following pages ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 4 Make a Copy of the Original Table Before you modify a translation table member it is recommended that you copy the original member which resides in the supplied TRANSSRC file into another member This leaves the original members inviolate in case you still need to use them To copy a member use the AS 400 command STRSEU option 20 on the ETU Utilities menu Using SEU copy the member you will modify into another member Editing the Translation Table Once you have copied the original source member you can modify or edit the member using SEU the same command used to copy the original To edit the member specify the name of the file containing the member to be modified the name of the member the type of source to b dited and optionally text identifying the sour
203. his will release the job at 10 30 p m 5 Since you want the job to run on the same day you are submitting it leave the date at its default of TODAY 6 Enter the job name and job description for the job name night for the job description qbatch Press ENTER after you enter the appropriate information and the PWRFROM3XB prompt screen displays 7 Enter the transfer information in the PWRFROM3XB prompt and press ENTER The job is submitted to the job queue and will be released at the specified time ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 25 Part Three Command Reference Command Reference is an alphabetical presentation of al AS 400 native mode ETU commands and the parameters and values associated with each command 10 1 Command Reference ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 26 Chapter 10 ETU COMMAND REFERENCE ALOCATB Command DELETEB Command DITTABLE Command ts m DTUDF Command EDTUDF Notes FROM3XB Command FROM3XB Notes PCFROMPC Command PCTOPC Command PGMFROM3XB Command PGMTO3XB Command PRTFRO3XB Command PRTTO3XB Command PRTXFROMPC Command PRTXTOPC Command PWRDELETEB Command PWRFROM3XB Command PWRRENAMEB Command PWRTO3XB Command RENAMEB Command SBMBATXFER Command SBMSCHJOB Command To Schedule a Job STRSEU Command TESTB Command TO3XB Command
204. hysical file The file name is the name of the device file that was used by the program to produce the spooled output file Valid only on ACTION COPYPRT the number of the spooled output file from the job whose data records are to be copied In addition to the spool number the following entries are valid LAST Copies the highest numbered spooled output file with the specified file name LAST is the default ONLY Copies the spooled output file from the job when only one has the specified file nam Valid only on ACTION COPYPRT the name of the job that created the spooled output file whose data records are to be copied The default is indicating that the job currently executing this command created the spooled file User name The name of the user who created the job Job number The number assigned to the job by the system COPYFILE Valid only on ACTION TRANSLATE the AS 400 physical file name of the user created CPYSPLF file the TOFILE name of the CPYSPLF command Library The name of library containing the COPYFILE LIBL is valid COPYMBR The COPYFILE member name The default is FILE same name as CTLCHAR LINES FROM for the COPYFILE parameter Valid only on ACTION TRANSLATE the type of CPYSPLF file that was created FCFC PRTCTL or NONE See the AS 400 command CPYSPLF for additional information on formatting options Valid only on ACT
205. ible with each other SOLUTION If the value for the FILETYPE parameter is DATA or SAVF the value for the SRCSEQ parameter must be NO PROBLEM USR8256 For FILETYPE equal to SAVF TRANSLATE must be equal to NO CAUSE The values specified for the FILETYPE and TRANSLATE parameters are not compatible with each other SOLUTION If the value for the FILETYPE parameter is SAVF the value for the TRANSLATE parameter must be NO USR8257 For FILETYPE equal to SAVF RECL must be equal to O or 528 CAUSE ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 9 The values specified for the FILETYPE and RECL parameters are not compatible with each other SOLUTION If the value for the FILETYPE parameter is SAVF the value for the RECL parameter must be O or 528 ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 10 PROBLEM USR8258 File amp 1 not found RECL must be non zero to create the file CAUSE The host file you specified could not be found SOLUTION Specify a new file name or specify a record length RECL greater than zero preferably or greater than the file on the PC PROBLEM USR8261 When parameter FRMMBR is ALL parameter TRANSLATE cannot be DIF CAUSE The values specified for the FILETYPE and RECL parameters are incompatible with each other DIF translation is not supported when transferring ALL members from a Host data file SOLUTION The value for the FRMMBR parameter was specified as ALL and the value for the TRANSLATE
206. iented translation method Appendix D for more informa specifications optional is YES if datae of AS 400label2 is to be cause a new record to be wr overflow This default valu optional is the library c definition member input s table member parameter defaults to the c ETU400 User Guide 011603 xlat table re standard F and I ions defining the file and required only for the field s DIF BASICS TAB See tion on creating F and I RPG xceeding the record length omitted Specifying NO will itten to contain the e is NO ontaining the field pecs and the translate If left blank this urrent library G 32 XLTPCPRT Procedure ETU36 XLTPCPRT AS 400 label date copies printer id forms id p Cpi oy lpi align hold 10 6 YES YES 12 8 NO NO The XLTPCPRT procedure translates a PC DOS file and places it on the AS 400 print spool Mac Users will occur Do not run this procedure as unpredictable results AS 400 label date copies printer id forms id cpi lpi align hold is the label name of the previously transferred workstation print file on the AS 400 disk to be translated into AS 400 print report and placed on the AS 400 print spool optional is the date of the workstation print file AS 400 label YMD format optional is the number of copies of the report to print on the AS 400
207. ile you specify both a record length RECL and a DDS member the record length takes precedence As a consequence the DDS member you specify will not be used in the transfer and the data may not appear on the host as you expected Appendix C in this guide explains how to create DDS on the AS 400 ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 6 About Translating Files You must usually translate data when you transfer it between a microcomputer and the host That s because the host and the microcomputer have very different data storage methods The remainder of this chapter explains the differences between host and micro data and the two types of translations ETU performs to overcome those differences How Data is Stored The way data is stored on the AS 400 is considerably different from the way it is stored on the micro On the AS 400 e Files are stored in fixed length records Field definitions are usually maintained external to the file e Data is stored in an EBCDIC character set On the PC e Files are stored in fixed or variable length records e Multiple field definition formats exist Internal fields defined as part of the data External fields defined outside of the file NO field definitions character data only Data is stored in an ASCII character set To accommodate these differences ETU performs two types of translations It translates data between ASCII and EBCDIC
208. ile must be identically named including the path on each micro MICLST The device name of the source micro To transfer from more than one micro enter the name of each device You must be authorized to use each device you specify in the MICLIST parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it To enter more than one device name enter a plus sign here and press ENTER This displays multiple MICLST prompts The default REQUESTER transfers a file from the micro to which you are ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 3 signed on Each device you transfer from must be powered on have emulation loaded and be at the AS 400 sign on screen NOTE This parameter must be changed from REQUESTER when you run the PWRTO3XB command in batch mode When you transfer the files to the host you can specify how you want the file stored e In one physical file with multiple members In one physical file with one member data is stored together In multiple physical files with one member each To store the files in one physical file with multiple members specify the following TOFILE Enter a file name Member name MULTI The member names will be the same as the device names from which the file was transferred To store the files in one physical file with a single member specify the following parameters
209. ile with that name exists and is open by another application it can cause this The file may already exist and have the Read only attribute set in it s Properties Right click on the file and select Properties to check this File names must follow the naming conventions of the system you are using See Chapter 3 using ETU for more information about microcomputer file names SOLUTION If a file with that name exists and is open by another application close it Retry the transfer using a new file name CAUSE The disk or diskette you specified is full and the transfer operation did not begin ETU will not initiate a transfer operation to a full disk or diskette SOLUTION Replace the diskette or specify a different disk drive CAUSE Virus protection software prevents the writing SOLUTION Disable the Virus protection software or the feature that prevents disk writing ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 7 PROBLEM USR5255 Invalid PC file name or no space for a new directory entry occurs when doing back to back file transfers CAUSE Timing problem SOLUTION Put a 5 second delay between transfers PROBLEM USR6255 Old PC file not found or new PC file name already exists for RENAME command When he does TESTB it indicates that the file exists when he does a rename it complains that it does not exist CAUSE The name you specified for the old PC file in the RENAMEB command was not found SOLUTION Verify the nam
210. in QTEMP It is this workfile that will then be transferred to the micro If the sequence number and date fields like those of a source physical file exist in the qualified file these fields can be stripped during the ASCII to EBCDIC translation process by specifying STRIP YES If the data was translated prior to using the FROM3XB command with the XLATETO or PRTXTOPC commands you must code the FROM3XB parameters STRIP and TRANSLATE as follows strip no translate no ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 11 PCFROMPC Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values Qualified file name QFNAME micro file name Transfer from which MICLIST1 Device name s of micro one or more micros Transfer to which micro MICLIST2 REQUESTER device name of target micro Save request definition SAVROQS YES or NO Request name Name Display status message DSPSTSMSG YES or NO The PCFROMPC command transfers a file from one or more microcomputers to a single microcomputer All micros involved in a file transfer must be of the same platform either Mac or DOS based PC but not both NOTE Before using PCFROMPC to transfer multiple files to a single micro review Transferring Files With PCFROMPC and PWRTO3XB in Chapter 9 in order to minimize the risk of copying over previously transferred files QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to be transferred If you are transfer
211. ing a job description 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main menu The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 8 from the ETU Utilities menu The XLATETO screen displays 3 At the Host data file name prompt enter the name of the file to be translated lot14 4 At the PC data file prompt enter the name of the file to which the translated data will be written data3 5 Use the defaults for all other parameters unless otherwise instructed At the Type of translate prompt enter the variable length translation type text 6 At the Translation table file prompt enter the translation table file name for Mac translations mactab 7 At the Translation table member prompt enter the translation table name for Mac variable length translations etoal 8 Leave the Record length at its default of 0 At the Job description prompt enter the name of the job description that the job use user 9 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 8 Translating Print Files The translation commands PRTXFRMPC and PRTXTOPC translate print files The command PRTXFROMPC translates a micro print file that was previously transferred to the host with no translation using the TO3XB command The PRTXTOPC translates a host spool file prior to transferring the file to the micro with the FROM3XB command Both translatio
212. int column position of the report s on which to end translation Any number from 1 to 198 is valid it must be equal to or larger than the number specified in from window The default value is 132 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 30 XLTPCFIL Procedure ETU36 XLTPCFIL AS 400 labell date AS 400 label2 retain J T reformat xlate file xlate size record len TEXT ATOE1 1000 128 date truncate YES NO DIF xlat file z xlate size input specs BASICS 1000 TAB spec lib clib The XLTPCFIL procedure translates a previously transferred workstation data file into an AS 400 formatted data file AS 400 labell is the name of workstation data file residing on the AS 400 that is to be reformatted for the AS 400 date optional is the date of the AS 400 label1 file YMD format AS 400 label2 is the label name of the file that will contain the results of the translation process This name cannot already be on the AS 400 disk when this procedure is called retain optional is the file retention how long the file is to exist for the translated file AS 400 label2 Allowed values are T or J Specifying T results in the file existing indefinitely until specifically deleted and specifying J will result in the file being automatically deleted at the end of the current AS 400 job The default value is T ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 31 reformat xlat file
213. ions user FLX pgrmr ENT to3xb qfnamel a sales wed tofile wedsales recl 132 ENT ETU If you use an Autokey batch file that calls an ETU command from the ETU menu like th xample shown below you must modify the batch file due to changes in the ETU menu An example of how to modify a batch file is shown below user FLX pgrmr FLX wsmenus ENT 16 ENT a sales wed FLX wedsales FLX ENT ETU Modifying an Autokey Batch File Example The Autokey batch file in th xample above calls option 16 from the ETU menu In versions of ETU prior to version 5 01 option 16 was the menu option for the TO3XB command Because of changes to the ETU menu the TO3XB command is now menu option 4 To modify the Autokey batch file in the abov xample change line 4 so that it reads 4 FLX instead of 16 FLX Use any text editor or word processor to change the batch file This chang nables the Autokey batch file to be compatible with versions of ETU later than 5 0 ETU400 User Guide 011603 B 3 Appendix C CREATING DDS SPECIFICATIONS About This Appendix Creating DDS Specifications ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 1 About This Appendix This appendix explains how to define AS 400 files using Data Description Specifications DDS specs DDS specs define field oriented files on the AS 4
214. ions of the FROM3XB command optionally translates Ie Record and field selection you may transfer selected fields and records from a host file to the micro ten micro computers simultaneously both MICLST cute before or after the transfer T X Multiple device transfer a single hos transfer must be of the same platform E LDSEL RECSEL file may be sent to up to The micros involved in a file either DO based PC or Mac but not Entry and exit programs user defined programs can be specified to ENTRYPGM EXITPGM Reusable request definitions saved for reuse at a later time SAV he current request definition can be ROS NOTE The record and field sel command will not work properly if yo Auxiliary Storage Pools on the AS 40 temporary work files in library QT Auxiliary Storage Pool 1 additional Auxiliary Storage Pool associated with the data file that i Auxiliary Storage Pools If you do create a new Auxiliary Sto and field selection in a file transf open query file The parameters for the PWRFROM3XB co FRMFILE The file name of the AS micro The name of to transfer libraries in Library name F py The FRMFIL Member name FILE ALL ETU400 User Guide 011603 EME which comes with OS 400 ection feature within the PWRFROM3XB u define one or more additional 0 This is bec
215. ked to delete the existing program or cancel the transfer request No translation is necessary when you use this command That s because the program you are transferring from the micro will already be in EBCDIC and will remain in EBCDIC on the host NOTE The PGMTO3XB command is no longer compatible with versions of ETU prior to version 5 02 If you ve transferred a program to the PC using a previous version of ETU you cannot transfer it back to the AS 400 using ETU 400 version 5 02 or later Figure 5 8 The PGMTO3XB prompt screen Transfer micro file to 3X pgm CPGMTO3XB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Library name QGPL Character value Display status messages YES YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 14 PGMTO3XB Example In this example you will t another host system To do host program to a PC using example that this step has You will now transfer the p ransfer a program from one host system to this you would normally first transfer the the ETU command PGMFROM3XB Assume for this already been don rogram to a second host system using the PGMTO3XB command To do this copy the PC file containing the host program to a floppy diskett Insert the diskette into a PC attached by emulation to the second hos t and start ETU T
216. l files show up so we can select the spool files from a list CAUSE You must be the owner of the spool file and it must be held in the queue SOLUTION You must be the user to submit the print job to become the owner of the spool file Second after you submit the print job usually you will use a dumbie queue that is offline all the time you go to WSMENUS and select your 3 option for Host spool file to PC prt file it will bring you to where you put the printer s Output queue name Once you fill that in you usually have to page down to the bottom to get to near the last entry in the queue which should be yours Sometimes the last entry is a QPRTSPLQ HOLD file so it is the next to last unless you delay in accessing it and other jobs come along Then take 2 on the file 2 Copyprt amp Transfer PROBLEM File xxxxxx was not found on the PC disk diskette CAUSE The qualified file name is not correct e The slashes are leaning the wrong way e A file that has security set on it can also cause this e Ifan application has the file open it can lock the file SOLUTION Go to the folder on the driver where the actual file to be transferred exists Right click on it and select Properties to make certain it is not The file name and folder can be long and the extension up to 3 characters long and have spaces ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 4 USER MESSAGES PROBLEM USR0020 Translation failed Specified record length dif
217. le a transfer from the AS 400 to a PC that will have ES32 with ETU enabled and be at the signon screen when the scheduled time occurs The PC that you are transferring to will be defined as the REQUESTOR This command works with any of the following ETU400 User Guide 011603 l 2 ETU commands PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB PCFROMPC and PCTOPC as well as non ETU commands that can be submitted to a batch See page 9 21 and 10 47 of the ETU400 User Guide for specifics ETU400 User Guide 011603 l 3 Appendix J ETU THROUGHPUT CONSIDERATIONS ETU400 User Guide 011603 J 1 ETU THROUGHPUT CONSIDERATIONS This is a guide to answer questions regarding throughput with ETU 400 The latest revision of ETU 400 is 5 02 for ETU 400 CISC and 5 04 1 for ETU 400 RISC Use the ETUVER command to find what version you have QUESTION What kind of throughput can expect ANSWER This would depend on several factors The connection to the host twinax or TCP IP is the first factor If the file requires translation from EBCDIC to ASCII it will add processing time If you are transferring a database file using a DDU or F amp specification it will take longer If you are running SSP it will slow it down Your AS400 CPU speed and OS 400 version will make a difference If there is a lot of other processing taking place on your host it will slow it down If the job is submitted to a batch queue it will be slower If print jo
218. llowing parameters relationship field to be tested relational operator and comparison value 3 In the first prompt for the relationship enter IF Enter PAYRAT for the field to be tested Enter GT greater than as the relational operator Enter 20000 for the comparison value 4 In the second prompt enter AND as the relationship Enter YEARS for the field to be tested Enter GE greater than or equal to as the relational operator For the comparison value enter 5 When you initiate the command all records meeting both sets of criteria will be transferred to the PC ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 17 Entry and Exit Programs With the PWRFROM3XB and PWRTO3XB commands you can run any user defined programs before and or after the file is transferred Programs that run before the file transfer occurs are called entry programs Programs that run after the file is transferred are called exit programs To use the entry and exit programs enter the name of the program and the library in which it resides in the ENTRYPGM and EXITPGM parameters NOTE Entry and exit programs do not have to be ETU programs Any program you can run on the AS 400 can be executed as an entry or exit program Remember that if you run a power command in batch mode any entry and exit programs must also be able to run in batch Example Suppose you have a payroll file on the host that
219. lly ODOA carriage return line feed and BASICS TAB are separated by a specified delimiter Over 258 characters were encountered while processing the data file with no intervening end of field designation SOLUTION Insure that the PC data file is in the format specified for the translation type on the command Correct the data file or command PROBLEM USR9972 Translation encountered unexpected characters in a field defined as numeric CAUSE The translation was converting data to a numeric field and encountered an unexpected character SOLUTION Verify that the PC file format and the Translation type on the ETU command match If the formats are correct verify the field definitions of the host file match the PC file PROBLEM USR9985 Default data area not found CAUSE The library containing the ETU programs is not in your library list SOLUTION Add the library containing the ETU programs to your library list ADDLIBLE PCTRAN ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 12 PROBLEM USR9986 File transfer was interrupted r to retry or c to cancel CAUSE Only known cause was a remote controller SOLUTION Examine the configuration options for the remote controller Contact that vendor Possibly reroute or replace controller PROBLEM When try to do a transfer get a message after the EMULATOR CHECK that says USR9987 Device is not P C or emulator loaded incorrectly CAUSE An ETU function has failed becau
220. lude supplementary technical information followed by an index ETU400 User Guide 011603 vii Legal Notices 2000 NLynx Technologies Inc All rights reserved PREFACE Trademark Recognition About This Guide Who Should Use This Guide How This Guide is Organized INTRODUCTION Welcome to ETU What ETU Can Do for You Inventory Checklist Security Considerations Hardware and Software Requirements Hardware Requirements Software Requirements Features of Version 5 02 Features of Version 5 041 Features of Version 5 5 Features of Version 5 6 Notes to Mac Users Compatibility with Non ES32 Emulation Products Native Mode and System 36 Mode Part One Getting Started INSTALLING ETU About This Chapter Installing ETU Installing the ETU Software Registering Your Host System Using ETU During the Evaluation Period Obtaining Your Host Registration Number Entering the Registration Code Re installing ETU Removing ETU From Your Host System Installing ETU For International Users The ETU Compatibility Diskette For Non ES32 Emulation Products Who Could Use IBMTRAN Copying IBMTRAN To Your Hard Drive Starting ETU When Using IBMTRAN Exiting IBMTRAN Alternative Method to Start and Exit I BMTRAN vi Vii vii vii 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 5 2 3 2 3 2 6 2 6 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 8 2 8 2 9 2 9 2 10 2 10 2 10 USING ETU About This Chapter Starting ETU A Note About User Authorization
221. mand DELETEB Command EDITTABLE Command EDTUDF Command EDTUDF Notes FROM3XB Command FROM3XB Notes PCFROMPC Command PCTOPC Command PGMFROM3XB Command PGMTO3XB Command PRTFROM3X Command PRTTO3X Command PRTXFRMPC Command PRTXTOPC Command PWRDELETEB Command PWRFROM3XB Command PWRRENAMEB Command PWRTO3XB Command RENAMEB Command SBMBATXFER Command SBMSCHJOB Command Before You Begin To Schedule a Job STRSEU Command ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 20 9 20 9 22 9 23 9 24 9 25 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 6 10 7 10 8 10 11 10 12 10 14 10 16 10 17 10 18 10 20 10 22 10 24 10 27 10 28 10 34 10 35 10 41 10 42 10 43 10 43 10 44 10 45 TESTB Command TO3XB Command VWSAVRQS Command VWSAVROQS Notes XLATEFROM Command XLATETO Command A 1 Inside ETU B 1 ETU Compatibility C 1 Creating DDS Specifications D 1 Creating F amp I Specifications E 1 ETU Error Messages F 1 EBCDIC ASCII Printable Characters G 1 System 36 mode Commands H 1 International Translational Tables GLOSSARY INDEX Appendix A INSIDE ETU About This Chapter Editing User defined Menu Options EDTUDF Parameters EDTUDF Example Configuring the Audit Trail The CFGAUDIT Parameters Checking the Audit Trail Working with ETU Security Granting Authority to a Command Revoking Authority From a Command Regranting Authority to a Previously Revoked Command Securing Devices on the AS 400 Removing ETU From the AS 400 APPE
222. me of the source micro Files from up to ten micros can be transferred The file and path names must be identical on each micro REQUESTER Transfers the file from the micro from which the command is initiated device name Transfers the file from the micro with this device name To transfer a micro file to multiple micros nter the device name of each You must be authorized to us ach device you specify in the MICLST parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it Enter a plus sign here and press ENTER to display multiple prompts Each micro from which you transfer data must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed The file name of the AS 400 file into which the micro data is to be transferred When transferring files from multiple micros you can transfer the files into a single host file containing multiple members one member for each micro s file into a single host file containing one member th micro data is stored together in one member or into multiple files each with one member File name Transfers the files into a single host file with one or multiple members The name of the host file is the same as the device name of the micro ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 36 from which it was transferred MULTI Transfers the files into multiple host files Data Description Specifications DDS must be specified when using MUL
223. mes as the files sent in the first transfer device 1 device 2 etc As a result the files sent in the second transfer will overwrite the data sent in the first transfer In addition with PWRTO3XB you may also use the option to delete the micro file after transfer to the host in which case after a second transfer the data from the first transfer will no longer exist on either the micro or the host There are two ways to avoid copying over files in the second transfer You must either use the host function to rename the first files sent to the host or specify the option ADDRPL ADD Note that ADDRPL ADD combines data from multiple micro files in a single data file on the host ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 5 Transferring a Host File to Multiple Micros The PWRFROM3XB command allows you to transfer a single host file to up to ten micros with one command To transfer a file to multiple micros specify the name of the host file to be transferred the name of the micro file to which the data will be transferred and the device names of the micros to which to transfer the data The parameters used with PWRFROM3XB multiple device transfers are described below FRMFILE The name of the host file that you want to transfer Qualified File Name The name of the file on the micro to which to transfer the file Any path name you enter must already exist on the micro ETU does not create subdirectories MI
224. mputers that are emulating an IBM 5250 display station What ETU Can Do for You The purpose of ETU is twofold to transfer data and to translate data Data transfer entails the movement of data between two systems Data translation changes the way the data is represented or stored so that the same data can be used by two different systems More specifical ly with ETU you can ransfe ransfe r data between your microcomputer and the AS 400 r data from one microcomputer to another microcomputer of the ame type ransf ransfe ransla ommand r user specified fields or records between the host and the icrocomputer r a Single host file to as many as ten microcomputers with one te files to and from the following microcomputer formats ASCII EXT BASIC Sequential DIF and TAB e QHH OAH BH DHE reate while r e Use the Table 1 1 rename test for existence of and delete files on the micro unning 5250 emulation from the microcomputer host for off line storage of microcomputer files ETU functions and their required security status ETU Function Security Profile Required Install ETU QSECOFR Use all ETU commands PUBLIC other than the power commands Use ETU Power commands QSECOFR or a user profile with ALLOBJ authority or any user who has been granted explicit authority to a power command Configure Audit Trail QSECOFR
225. n commands can be run in batch mode on the host The only translation that is necessary when transferring print items between the host and a micro is the ASCII EBCDIC translation The PC format translations of TAB DIF TEXT and BASICS are not used to translate print files Mac users Do not run the PRTXFRMPC and PRTXTOPC commands They are intended for use only with PC DOS Translating PC Print Files The PRTXFRMPC Command The PRTXFRMPC command translates PC DOS print files that were transferred to the host using the TO3XB command After the file is translated it is added to the AS 400 output queue The file automatically prints when it reaches the top of the queue unless you enter YES in the HOLD parameter In that case the file remains in the output queue until you release it manually To run the PRTXFRMPC command supply the name of the file to translate the output queue to send the print file to after translation and optionally printer information such as lines per inch characters per inch and number of copies Always use the translation table ATOE3 which translates print data from the micro format ASCII to the host format EBCDIC Figure 6 3 The PRTXFRMPC prompt screen Translate PC file to spool CPRTXFRMPC Type choices press Enter PC data file created me FROMPC Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL PC data member name FILE Characte
226. n one micro enter the device name of each You must be authorized to us ach device you specify in the MICLIST1 parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it Enter a plus sign here and press ENTER to display multiple MICLST1 prompts in which to nter the device names Each device you transfer from must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed The device name of the target micro The default REQUESTER transfers multiple files to the micro from which you initiate the command You must be authorized to any device you specify in this parameter or the transfer will fail Files transferred to the target micro have the same names as the devices from which they came Device names can be up to ten characters long If the device name of the source micro is longer than eight positions the file name on the target micro will be in the format XXXXXXXX XX For example a file transferred from a micro with device name Port5 Addr3 to another micro is called PORT5ADD R3 NOTE MICLST2 must be changed from REQUESTER to the target micro name when you run this command in batch mode 9 8 The PCTOPC Command To transfer a single file from one micro to multiple micros specify the name of the file the device name of the micro from which the file is being transferred and the name of
227. ne of the ETU power commands to batch you must change the default value REQUESTER to the actual device address you will use In order to run the job in batch mode the micro or micros you are transferring to or from must be powered on running emulation and displaying the AS 400 sign on screen Batch Transfer Example In this example you will submit an ETU command to batch mode while you are working from a dumb host terminal You will transfer a file from one PC to another PC using the PCFROMPC command You will submit the command to run in batch mode using the SBMBATXFER command The file you will transfer is called a test2 doc and is on a PC whose device name is PRT3AD3 You will transfer the file to another PC whose device name is PRT3AD1 In order for the transfer to be successful both devices must be powered on running emulation and at the AS 400 sign on screen 1 Enter the SBMBATXFER command on the AS 400 command line The SBMBATXFER prompt screen displays 2 At the SBMCMDNAM prompt enter the name of the ETU command you want to submit to batch pcfrompc 3 Use the default values for the parameters JOBNAME JOBD and JOBQ 4 Press ENTER The PCFROMPC prompt screen displays 5 Enter the name of the micro file to be transferred a test2 doc 6 Enter the name of the device from which the file will be transferred prt3ad3 7 Enter the n
228. new print job being added to the print queue OUTQ The default is STD COPIES The number of copies of the new print job to print The default is 1 HOLD Specifies whether the print file will be held on the print queue at the completion of the translation transfer NO The print file will start immediately upon termination of this command the default YES The print file must be started by the operator TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used The default is TRANSLATE Library The name of the library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is the default TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member nam The default name is ATOE3 an ASCII to EBCDIC table supplied with ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 23 PRTXTOPC Command Parameter description Parameter name Parameter values PC data file PCDATA Host file name Library name LIBL library name PC data member name PCMBR FILE member name Action to perform ACTION COPYPRT no default TRANSLATE Spooled output file SPLFILE spooled output file name Spooled output file SPLNBR LAST number ONLY spool file number Job name or for JOB 7 current job job name User name user name Job number 000000 999999 Copy file name COOYFILE file name Library name LIBL library name Copy file member nam COPYMBR member name Type of Copy file CTLCHAR ECEC PRTCTL NONE Lines per page LINES 066 line number Begin translation in FROM 001 whi
229. ng Jobs in the job queue are processed in the order that they were received in the queue A description of how data is to be presented to or received from a host program This type of file contains no data but it provides an ordering and format for one or more physical files Contrast with physical file Object Constraint Language A modeling language used to set up strings of valid OS400 commands A waiting area on the AS 400 where host spool files are sent until they are released to a printer Print jobs on the output queue are processed in the order that they were received in the queue A description of how data is actually stored on the host A physical file contains one record format and one or more members Contrast with logical file A set of commands and procedures within the AS 400 operating system that simulates the operating system of the System 36 It allows users of the System 36 to work on the AS 400 without first learning the operating system of the AS 400 TAB One of four micro file formats supported by ETU Tab files are usually created with data base applications The fields in a TAB formatted file are separated by tab characters TEXT One of four micro file formats supported by ETU Text files are usually created using word processors and must be converted to ASCII the lowest common denominator of microcomputer data before being transferred to the host
230. ngth records you may specify any record length This could allow for better performance by buffering the data The qualified name of the job description to be used if XLATETO is to be placed in a job queue If blank the XLATETO command will b xecuted interactively this is the default When JOBD is specified XLATETO will execute the SBMJOB command automatically and then release the micro for other work Library The library containing the job description LIBL is FLDDEFFILE ETU400 User Guide 011603 the default If the file being translated is the translation type DIF BASICS or TAB and is not externally defined with either DDS or F amp I specs you must specify either a source physical file containing data definition specifications DDS or an RPG source file containing F amp I specifications When transferring a TEXT file or any other file that was previously defined with DDS or F amp I specs use the default NONE or its equivalent DDS 10 59 FLDDEFMBR The FLDDEFFILE member name You can enter the member name or one of the following values FILE Transfers the member with the same name as the FLDEFFILE file the default value FIRST Transfers the first member arrival sequence in the file LAST Transfers the last member arrival sequence in the file ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 60 Part Four Appendices
231. notify you NOTE When you use the DELETEB command all data in the designated micro file will be permanently deleted Figure 7 3 The DELETEB prompt screen Delete a micro file CDELETEB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Notify operator YES YES NO Display status messages YES YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 5 DELETEB Example In this example you are running emulation and you want to delete a file on the PC s a drive called fiscal doc in the reports subdirectory a reports fiscal doc 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main menu The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 3 from the ETU Utilities menu The DELETEB prompt screen displays 3 At the Qualified file name prompt enter the name of the micro file you want to delete a report fiscal doc GI n 4 Leave the Notify operator parameter at its default of Y You will be notified whether or not the file is found 5 Press ENTER to start the DELETEB command ETU will delete the file on the PC and notify you if the file is not found by sending a message to your display ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 6 Test for the Existence of a Micro File The TESTB Command With the TESTB command you
232. ns to the ETU Main ENUS Any valid AS 400 command can be added to the menu using tion Additionally ETU utilities such as EDTUDF can be added U menu user defined option enter the command EDTUDF on the AS 400 ine and press F4 You will first be prompted to enter a user You can add user defined functions for a single user or a group To add a user defined function for a single user enter th ofile name To add a user defined function for a group of users group profile name To add user defined functions for yourself DF on the command line and press Enter Edit User defined Functions screen displays supply a on function and mode After you have completed adding the ned option press F3 to return to the main menu NOTE menu you issuing t In order for the new menu option to display on the ETU Main must exit the ETU menu press F3 and redisplay the ETU menu by he WSMENUS command The Edit User defined Functions parameters are described below Descripti Function Mode on The description of the user defined function as it will appear on the ETU Main menu It may be up to 32 character long The AS 400 command that will be run when the menu option is issued It may be up to 512 characters long Specifies how the command will b xecuted when selected from the ETU Main menu Valid entries are PMT The user is prompted after choosing the option EXE The
233. nslated The file name is the same as the device name used to create the spool file letter2 6 Leave the Spool file number at the default of LAST 7 Leave the Job name parameter at its default of 8 Use the default values for all other parameters 9 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command When the job is complete the file will be transferred to the PC For more information on the commands discussed in this chapter see Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 12 Chapter 7 WORKING WITH PC FUNCTIONS About This Chapter Rename a Micro File The RENAMEB Command RENAMEB Example Allocate a Micro File The ALOCATB Command ALOCATB Example Delete an Existing File The DELETEB Command T DELETEB Example Test For the Existence of Micro File The TESTB Command TESTB Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 7 1 About This Chapter This chapter explains the ETU commands that allow you to perform PC functions such as creating and deleting PC files from emulation These commands let you work with microcomputer files while you are running emulation They eliminate the need for you to return to the PC or Mac environment to create or delete a file Four commands are discussed in this chapter The commands and their functions ar
234. o acquire device 02 Unsuccessful Invalid return code from device during transfer 03 Unsuccessful Invalid return code from device during decode 04 Unsuccessful Invalid return code from device during allocate AA Unsuccessful Device Error Description A description of the file transfer operation ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 8 Working with ETU Security For the Security Officer The ETU menuing system takes advantage of the security provided with the AS 400 This allows you to decide which users on your system will have access to which ETU commands When ETU is first installed on your host system the only profiles that are authorized to the ETU power commands are QSECOFR and any other user profile with all object ALLOBJ authority The menu options for the power commands do not display on the ETU menus of other users To allow a user to have access to a power command follow the instructions below in Granting Authority to a Command All ETU commands with the exception of the power commands are shipped with PUBLIC object authority and are available to all users If you do not want a user to have access to an ETU command use the GRTOBJAUT command grant object authority with EXCLUDE as the value for the Authority parameter NOTE If a user profile contains special authority SPCAUT value ALLOBJ all users with that profile automatically have access to the ETU power commands on the
235. oes not work across sessions If the file on the AS 400 is not a spool file take option 20 at the main ETU menu For spool files specify option 1 to select the file to be translated 2 On your PC open the DOS box also called Command Prompt these days 3 Type FTP to start FTP Signon with your user id and password 4 Type BINARY to stop FTP from translating the file FTP can also translate the file but ETU have better translation features such as comma delimited etc If you use Query 400 it can output a physical file instead of spool file You have to be careful with dates however If Query outputs to a physical file it does not reformat the data This is an issue with dates because the AS 400 use the century date format 5 GET download the file PUT upload the file HELP will give you a summary of the FTP commands 6 The only tricky bit is specifying the file path on the AS 400 It will in general look like QSYS LIB user_library LIB user_file FILE member MBR Note the forward slash and the qualifier after each object name LIB is library FILE is a physical file and MBR is a member in a physical file Note also that you have to identify the member of the file In general this defaults to the name of the file For example if want to transfer file EXPENSE that exists in library QGPL the command line will look like the following It is assumed that the member name had defaulted to the file name GET QSYS LIB QGPL LIB EXPE
236. of the name for example ATOE1M The Mac translation members are also shipped in a file called MACTAB The members in this file do not have the M at the end of the name for example ATOE1 Library The library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is a the default TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member nam The default name is ATOE1 an ASCII to EBCDIC table supplied with ETU TRUNCATE For TEXT translations only Specifies whether the text is to be truncated NO The data is folded this is the default YES The data is truncated if necessary To truncate indicates that once the current host record is filled any additional data for that record as it resided on the micro will be lost Additionally the record is written to the host only after ETU reads an end of record character sequence in the qualified file The end of record character is defined in the translation table see Table 8 1 position 40 41 in Chapter 8 To fold indicates that once the current host record is filled any additional data existing for that micro record will be written wrapped into the next AS 400 record FLDDEFFILE When transferring to a new file specify a source physical ETU400 User Guide 011603 file containing either physical file data description specifications DDS or an RPG source file containing F and I specifications 10 50 Use the default NONE or its equivalent DDS for existing host files FLDDEFMBR The member contained in the FL
237. ogram from a file d for transferring program residing on the micro Do not use this comman source code Transfer source code with the FROM3XB PWRFROM3XB TO3XB or PWRTO3XB command NOTE To use this command you must be signed on as a security officer or be authorized to execute the program QSCMATPG QFNAME1 The name of the micro file to contain the AS 400 program For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 PGM The qualified name of the AS 400 executable program to be transferred to the micro Library The library containing the program LIBL The default is DSPSTSMSG Displays program status messages during the execution of the command The default is Y NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 F ES To turn the messages off enter 10 17 PRTFROM3X Parameter de Output Queue Library name Translation Library name Translation name The PRTFROM3 to a micro in a host pr Command scription Parameter name Parameter values OUTOQ output queue name LIBL library name table name TRANSFILE TRANSLATE table file name LIBL library name table member TRANSMBR ETOA1 member name X command allows you to transfer a print file from the host This command is interactive only It displays a list of items int output queue to be reformatted for printing on the micro Mac Users PC DOS Do not use this procedure It is intended for use
238. ommand you want to use you still have to copy the spool file to a physical file first That is the part that is restrictive There are ways around it but none of them are very generalized and would require programming Because the spool transfer functions do not generate a single command line this is a function that would probably require two steps You would first use Copy prt spool file PC XLT PRTXTOPC to perform an EBCDIC to ASCII translation On a command line type PRTXTOPC and press F4 Use TRANSLATE as the Action to perform After successfully defining the parameters and submitting the command use F9 to retrieve the command for the batch file transfer Next use PWRFROMS3XB to perform the actual transfer ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 21 PROBLEM am using ES32 macro commands to do transfers and get this error message USR9988 ETU encountered information not identified as part of the ETU process CAUSE If a transfer has started and more data comes in this message will occur SOLUTION Put a delay between file calls to make sure ETU finishes it s processes before another file is called PROBLEM How can change the ETU utility to copy items to my C drive instead of my A drive CAUSE You must doing your ETU file transfers using a CL script Otherwise when the menu selection for Qualified file name comes up you would see that this is where to change from A to C SOLUTION You will need to find the
239. on about using directory dialog boxes refer to your Mac System Software User s Guide NOTE If you cancel from a dialog box you receive an ETU user message giving you the option to CANCEL or GO Select CANCEL to return to the WSMENUS options ETU400 User Guide 011603 3 8 Recalling ETU Commands If you run the same ETU command more than once you can avoid re keying repeated values by using the recall function The recall function displays the most recently run command on the ETU command line To recall a command press F9 You can then change whatever information you want by typing over it You can cycle through and recall any command you entered since you accessed the ETU menu WSMENUS by repeatedly pressing F9 Upon exiting ETU all references to previously entered commands is lost to future executions of WSMENUS Another way to re use previously entered commands is by saving and re using request definitions Request Definitions Some ETU commands FROM3XB PCFROMPC PCTOPC PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB and TO3XB support savable request definitions A request definition is the information you provide to ETU to run a command For example if you transfer a file from the host to the micro using the FROM3XB command the request definition is the summation of the values you entered for each parameter The commands that support savable request definitions listed above contain a parameter call
240. on of the IBM 5251 Model 11 or Model 12 workstations on the IBM Personal Computer We recommend the user read and have available for reference the following publications e AS 400 Languages RPG 400 Reference Manual SCO 1089 e AS 400 Programming Control Language Reference Manual SC21 9755 SC21 9776 SC21 9777 SC21 9778 SC21 9779 e AS 400 Programming Data Description Specifications Reference SC 21 9620 e AS 400 Security Concepts and Planning SC21 8083 e AS 400 SEU User s Guide Reference SC09 1172 Trademark Recognition Throughout this manual the terms IBM IBM PC IBM PC XT IBM PC AT IBM PS 2 AS 400 OS 400 and IBM Enhanced 5250 Emulator are used in explanations and instructions These terms are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation 3XTwin 3XTwin 2 3XPlus 3XPlus 2 3XMate 3XMate 2 3XMate Laptop Multi Twin MacTwin and 3XTwin Laptop are registered trademarks of Emerald Technology Inc an NLynx Technologies company ETU is a trademark of Emerald Technology Inc an NLynx Technologies company InterAxcess is a trademark of KMW an NLynx Technologies company DIF is a trademark of Software Arts Inc LOTUS 1 2 3 is a registered trademark of Lotus Development Corporation Mac is a registered trademark of Apple Corporation ETU400 User Guide 011603 vi About This Guide Use this guide to install and run ETU 400 on the IBM AS 400 host compu
241. only with OUTQ The qualified print output queue This option displays a print queue screen On this screen enter 1 or 2 next to the print item s to be copied for use on the micro 1 Copyprt Performs the AS 400 command CPYSPLF translates the file for the micro and stores it in the AS 400 file which you specify on the TRANSLATE prompt screen see Figure 10 1 on the following page You will then transfer the file to the micro using the FROM3XB command 2 Copyprt amp Transfer Performs the AS 400 command CPYSPLF translates the file for the micro and displays a FROM3XB prompt see Figure 10 2 for the transfer of the translated work file from the AS 400 NOTE You because the F must specify TRANSLATE NO in the FROM3XB command This is PRTFROM3X command performs the translation NOTE Lf the OUTQ that you specify has a lot of files in it the command takes more time to process Library The name of the library containing the OUTQ LIBL is valid TRANSFILE The qualified file name of the translation table file to be used The default is TRANSLATE Library The name of the library containing the TRANSFILE LIBL is valid TRANSMBR The TRANSFILE member name The default name is ETOA1 an EBCDIC to ASCII table supplied with ETU ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 18 Figure 10 1 The PRTFROM3X Translate prompt screen Translate spool file to PC TRANSLAT
242. optional is the definition member table member xl parameter default optional is the place the members the current libra low t perfo This pa rmed rameter is ign library containing the fi input specs and the at table If left blank s to the current library name of the from the wo ry library on th rkstation The optional specif respectively without a warning ETU400 User Guide 011603 ies whether or not messag ored if The default value is NO eld translate this e AS 400 to default is YES or NO to replace an existing library member The default value is NO G 16 add ctl member name member type file size optional specifies whether or not YES or NO respectively to add SMAINT utility control statements into the work file before sending the member to the library The default value is NO if add ctl is YES is the library member name of the workstation data when replaced in the library lib name optional if add ctl is YES is the library member type to be created Specify S for source and P for procedure The default value is S optional is the work file size for the add ctl process This defaults to xlat size ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 17 LIBRTOPC Procedure ETU36 LIBRTOPC membe membe parti ALL rec refor TEXT DIF BASI TAB non
243. or alter any notice of the NLynx copyright or other proprietary rights related to the Software Sub license sell lend rent or lease the Software or any portion of the Software or use it for any purpose other than Your internal purposes Copy any portion of the Software except to make a backup copy or to transfer to a hard disk drive or other permanent storage device Transfer the Software or any direct product to any person or entity in violation of the United States Export Administration Act The Software involves valuable proprietary rights of NLynx and others NLynx and others retain title to and ownership of the Software and all copyright trade secret trade name trademark and other property rights related to the Software regardless of the form in which the original or other copies exist You may not violate these rights and You must take appropriate steps to protect NLynx s rights NLynx may at any time replace modify alter improve enhance or change the Software Both the License and Your right to use the Software terminate automatically if You violate any part of this Agreement In the event of termination You must immediately destroy all copies of the Software or return them to NLynx ETU400 User Guide 011603 iii LIMITED WARRANTY NLynx warrants that upon delivery by NLynx the diskettes or other media on which the Software is distributed will be free from defects in ma
244. ormat with tab characters as the field delimiters NONE no translation of the file is to be performed the default optional is the translation table file on the AS 400 disk Translation file members ATOE1 and ATOE3 are provided on the AS 400 distribution diskette for translation from the ASCII to the EBCDIC character set See the EDITABLE and COMPILE procedures for more information on creating new translation table files The default value is ATOE1 Mac Users Do not use the default xlate file value You must use the value ATOEIM xlat size optional is the number of records in the temporary work file used in the translation process The default record len2 input specs truncate spec lib lib name replace value is 1000 optional is the file library member wo is record length of the tran rk file record lenl slation work The default value is the record length of the the name of the field definition member in library spec lib These are standard F and I file input RPG input specificati Facility specifications optional ons See Chapter 5 File of the library me mber wo Transfer for more information on creating F and I RPG is YES if data exceeding the record length rk file is to be omitted Specifying NO causes a new record to be written to contain the overf translation is no
245. ou whether you will be able to use SEU To create F amp I specs for a file you must know how each field in the file is defined For example you should know the field name field length and whether the field is numeric or alphabetic This appendix shows you how to create F amp I specs with SEU by providing an example for you to follow ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 2 Creating F amp Specifications In order to transfer tabular data like that found in spreadsheets or data bases you must create a template that tells the AS 400 where each field begins and ends and what type of data will be in each field This is done through the use of Format and Input F amp I specifications or DDS specifications See Appendix C for a detailed explanation of DDS specifications In this example you will see how to create F amp I specs that allow a PC file to be transferred and properly formatted on the AS 400 The PC file is called SAMPLE and was created using a PC spreadsheet application The PC spreadsheet file is represented in Figure D 1 shown below This spreadsheet contains four fields Table D 1 at the bottom of this page describes how each field is defined Figure D 1 SAMPLE file created with PC spreadsheet A B Cc D E 1 Bart Simpson President 45301 San Jose 2 Homer Simpson Vice President 34500 Austin 3 Fred Flintstone General Manager 57500 Denver 4 Cliff Anderson
246. own in Figure C 10 appears Type the required data in each prompt as explained in the following instructions and then press ENTER Figure C 10 The SEU Edit screen Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF l EERE PENEI T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4 44 4444444 44444444444444 44 KK K K K K K K K KKK KKK Beginning of data KKK K K K K K K K 2K 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK 0001 00 R RECORD 0002 00 A NAME 17A KK K K K K K K K KK K K K K K End of data KK K K K K K K K RK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK K K Prompt type PF Sequence number Eoia Name Data Decimal Type Name Ref Length Type Positions Use TITLE 35 A Functions F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys Type TITLE in the Name prompt Type the number 35 in the Length prompt be sure to press FIELD EXIT to move to the next prompt Type an A in the Data Type prompt Press ENTER ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 12 IT The 0003 00 edit screen shown in Figure C 11 appears Type the required data in each prompt as explained in the following instructions and then press ENTER Figure C 11 The SEU Edit screen Columnas 1 80 Edit QGPL QDDSSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT PF l EERE PENEI T Name RLen TDpB FUNCELONSH 4
247. plays 2 Choose opt ion 10 from the The XLATEFROM screen displays ETU Main menu ETU Utilities menu 3 At the PC data file prompt enter the name of the file to be translated rs132 Figure 6 1 The XLATEFROM prompt screen Translate data from PC CXLATEFROM Type choices press Enter PC data file created by FROMPC Name Library name be cbilee seei LIBL Name LIBL PC data member name FILE Character value FILE LAST Host output data file name Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Host output file member name FILE Character value FILE Record length Q TOE 0 9989 File type DATA SRC DATA Add seq date field NO YES NO Type of translate TEXT TEXT BASICS DIF TAB Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name TRANSLATE MACTAB Library name LIBL Name LIBL Translation table member name ATOE1 Character value Truncate text NO YES NO Job description Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 At the Host output data file prompt enter the name of the file to which data will be written once it is translated homel Use the defaults for the parameters PC member and Host output file At the Type of translate prompt enter the translation type tab Enter the name of the translation table for ASCII to EBCDIC translations atoel Use the
248. ployee such as the employee s name address phone number rate of pay and length of service In this example you will transfer only the names and phone numbers of ach employ to a file on the PC You also want the PC file to list the employees in alphabetical order from A to Z Table below illustrates how the data will appear once it has been transferred to the PC Table 9 1 Transfer data for Example 1 Employee name Phone number Anderson 449 6771 Brandybuck 449 4971 Dilbert 449 3228 Haram 434 3434 Martinez 234 3556 Simpson 323 0497 Spock 449 2323 Stiles 323 0165 Wally 232 3232 To transfer only th mploy name and phone number fields in the order shown above follow these steps 1 Enter the file transfer and translation information as you would with any file transfer T 2 Enter a plus sign next to the FLDSEL parameter and press ENTER This displays multiple prompts 3 In the first prompt for field name enter EMPNAM employ name For the key field enter KEY1 This tells ETU that th mploy nam field is a key field with the highest sort priority and the only sort priority in this example For ascending or descending enter ASC This tells ETU to sort the records from A to Z If you entered DES the records would be sorted in order from Z to A 4 In the second prompt for field name enter PHONE phone number For the key field use t
249. procedure spool name AS 400 label xlat file qualifier date has possible values of COPYPRT or TRANS COPYPRT indicates that the SSP COPYPRT be executed and that the print report s extracted from the AS 400 print spool p translation into a workstation print fo TRANSLATE specifies that an existing CO be translated into the workstation prin is the spool name id of the print rep AS 400 print spool Valid entries are t ATE Selecting procedure will will be rior to rmat Selecting PYPRT file will t format ort s on the the form SPxxxx the forms type to be the form Fxxxx or ALL to extract all he spool id in extracted in inactive print spool items Examine the COPYPRT proced manual System Reference for the AS 400 more information on these entries is the label name of the AS 400 COPY file existing on the AS 400 disk that i translated into the workstation print f optional is the translation table fil file member ETOA1 is provided on the AS distribution media and is used to trans ure in the Environment for PRT print s to be ormat e Translation 400 late from the ASCII to the EBCDIC character set S COMPILE procedures for more information translation table files The default is optional is the action to be taken re copied AS 400 been copied RELEASE specifies that the reports are released for printing and w next opportunity CANC
250. programs QSCMATPG and QSCCRTPG NOTE The PGMFROM3XB and PGMTO3XB commands are no longer compatible with versions of ETU prior to version 5 02 If you ve transferred a program to the PC using a previous version of the AS 400 using ETU 5 02 or later ETU you cannot transfer it back to NOTE Do not use these commands to transfer host source code To transfer source code use the FROM3XB and TO3XB commands Transfer Host Programs to a Microcomputer The PGMFROM3XB Command With the PGMFROM3XB command you can transfer an executable host program to the micro To transfer a host program to a microcomputer you supply the name of the microcomputer file in which to transfer the program and the name of the host program and library This command does not translate the host program file from EBCDIC to ASCII Because there is no translation the file will be stored on the PC in EBCDIC Figure 5 7 The PGMFROM3X prompt screen Transfer 3X pgm to micro file CPGMFROM3XB Type choices press Enter Qualified file name Program name Library name LIBL Display status messages YES Name generic Name LIBL YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F1 Additional parameters F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 12 If you are using this command to transfer a program between two different AS 400s having diffe
251. ption Function and Mode parameters These parameters are described below 4 After you have completed adding the user defined option press F3 to return to the Main menu NOTE In order for the new menu option to display on the ETU Main menu you must exit the ETU menu press F3 and re display the ETU menu by issuing the WSMENUS command ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 3 EDTUDF Parameters Description The description of the user defined function as it will appear on the ETU Main menu It may be up to 32 character long Function The AS 400 command that will run when the menu option is issued Only the first 20 characters will be displayed Mode Specifies how the command will execute when selected from the ETU Main menu Valid entries are PMT Displays the prompt screen for the command specified in the Function parameter Before the user defined function can be executed you must define the command request by entering values into the appropriate parameters EXE Executes the user defined option immediately upon selection of the menu option You will pre define the command request while using this EDTUDF utility Whenever you select the user defined option from the menu the pre defined command request will execute ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 4 EDTUDF Example In this example you will add the ETU utility EDTUDF to the ETU Main menu De
252. pyprt 2 Copyprt amp Transfer Opt File User User Data Sts Pages Copies Form Type Pty QPJOBLOG QPGMR QXOTJOB RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QSYS QPASVRP RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QPGMR QSYSWRKJOB RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QPGMR QFSIOPJOB RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPSRVDMP QTCP QTLPD11518 RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QTCP QTLPD11518 RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QTCP QTPST17265 RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QTCP QTLPD11518 RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QTCP QTLPD11518 RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QPGMR QSTRUPIJD RDY 6 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QSYS QWCBTCLNUP RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QSYS QWCBTCLNUP RDY 1 1 STD 5 QPJOBLOG QPGMR QDB2MULTI RDY 1 1 STD 5 F3 Exit F5 RedispLay 5 Press ENTER to start the CPYSPLF procedure When the CPYSPLF procedure is complete the Transfer prompt screen displays Figure 5 5 The name of the new host physical file PCPRINT and the library in which it resides QTEMP are displayed for your convenience Figure 5 5 The PRTFROM3X Transfer prompt screen Transfer from 3X CFROM3XB Type choices press Enter File name gt PCPRINT Name Library name 5 gt QTEMP Name LIBL Type of translate gt NONE NO TEXT DIF BASICS Qualified file name gt C PCPRINT LST Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys 6 The name of the PC file to which the data will be transferred is also displayed You can change the file name or leave it at the default The default is C PC
253. r that uces a fixed length record with carriage return and line feed added at the end of each record Trailing blanks are not stripped May be suitable for postal IRS or banking applications The ASCII to EBCDIC PC DOS fixed and variable length translation member The ASCII to EBCDIC PC DOS print translation member Mac Users T file ar des he Mac specific translation tables that reside in the MACTAB cribed below Note that they have the same name as their TRANSLATE co unterparts except for the M on the end ETOAIM ETOA2M ATOE1M The EBCDIC to ASCII Mac character translation member that produces a variable length record with carriage return and line feed added after the last byte of data in each record Trailing blanks are stripped The EBCDIC to ASCII Mac character translation member that produces a basic random file on the PC with no carriage return line feed The PC application is expected to read for a fixed record length The ASCII to EBCDIC Mac fixed and variable length translation member ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 9 Using Translation Tables with the Mac All ETU commands in which data translation occurs include the TRANSILE parameter The default value for this parameter is TRANSLATE which exists for translating PC data not Mac data If you use a Mac you must change the default value to MACTAB If you create a different translation table
254. r the name of the AS 400 library containing the ETU programs 4 Press ENTER The ETU objects stored in the specified library are deleted ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 12 Appendix B ETU COMPATIBILITY About this Appendix Using ETU with Autokey Batch Files Modifying an Autokey Batch File Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 B 1 About This Appendix ETU 5 01 supports all the command functions of earlier versions of ETU However the menus for ETU 5 01 have been enhanced This may cause some Autokey batch files that were used with earlier versions of ETU not to xecute properly This appendix explains which types of Autokey batch files may need to be modified as well as how to modify them ETU400 User Guide 011603 B 2 Using ETU 5 01 and above with Autokey Batch Files The menu for ETU 5 01 and above changed from earlier versions Some menu options have been moved from the Main menu to a Utility menu and most all ETU commands have received new menu option numbers For example the FROM3XB command in version 5 0 is option 13 In earlier versions of ETU the FROM3XB command is option number 1 These changes may cause some existing Autokey batch files not to work properly If you have an Autokey batch file that uses an ETU command line character string like the one shown below the batch file should work with ETU 5 01 just as it did with earlier vers
255. r value FILE Output queue Name Library name Seas Caty LIBL Name LIBL Length Lines per page Zpckpt ee 00 1 255 Lines per inch cea rarn as 6 6 8 4 9 Characters per inch 10 10 12 15 Form width 132 1 198 Overflow line number 63 1 255 Form type STD Character value STD Number of copies 1 1 99 Hold spool file Poci NO YES NO Translation table file name TRANSLATE Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Translation table member name ATOE3 Name Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys PRTXFRMPC Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 9 Suppose you previously transferred a PC print file to a host file using the TO3XB command Now you want to print the file on the host printer Before you can print the file you must translate it using the PRTXFRMPC command For this example the PC file residing on the host is called PRINT1 When the translation is complete you want the file sent to the USERX output queue Use the defaults for all other parameters associated with this command 1 Choose option 20 from the ETU Main menu The ETU Utilities menu displays 2 Choose option 11 from the ETU Utilities menu The PRTXFRMPC screen displays 3 At the PC data file prompt enter the file nam printl 4 At the Output queue prompt enter the output queue name userx 5 Use t
256. racter 40 41 End of record EOR action for ASCII to EBCDIC translation 42 43 End of file EOF action for ASCII to EBCDIC translation 44 80 Comment 81 96 Not used The fields in the record are described in detail below FROM HEX From one to nine characters expressed in hexadecimal representation The translation program scans the input data for the FROM HEX character When found it replaces the data with the TO HEX characters if any Consult Appendix A for hexadecimal values for both ASCII and EBCDIC character sets Hexadecimal data uses the characters 0 through 9 and A through F Examples of hexadecimal data are 01 AF 7 F9 FF The characters A through F must be in upper case Fl L NOTE Only TEXT reformatting supports the translation of the full nine byte nine character string in the table DIF BASICS and TAB reformatting programs supports only a single byte one character translation string in the table The FROM HEX table size limits are listed in Table 8 3 Table 8 3 FROM HEX Table Size Limits Number of Maximum Number of Table Entries FROM Characters TEXT DIF BASICS TAB 1 256 256 256 256 2 50 XXX XXX XXX 3 50 XXX XXX XXX 4 40 XXX XXX XXX 5 30 XXX XXX XXX 6 20 XXX XXX XXX 7 15 XXX XXX XXX ETU400 User Guide 011603 8 6 For example the table above indicates that a translation table can contain a
257. ransferring files between your Mac and the host or you are transferring files between Maces that share the same hard drive name you may use the file transfer example on page 3 11 However if you are transferring files between Maces that have unique hard drive names you must use either of th xamples below Before attempting to transfer files using multiple Maces verify that the following elements are identical on each involved Mac e the location of InterAxcess NLynx Technologies Mac emulator whether it s located on the hard drive or several folders deep e the path through which the file is to travel Once you have verified that you are maintaining each of these conditions you are ready to transfer files using th xamples below as guidelines Mac File Transfer Examples In the two examples below assume the following e you are using the PCTOPC command described on page 10 14 to transfer a file named Test from your Mac to two other Maces e Test resides in a folder named Training which is located on the root level of your hard drive e each of the receiving Maces have unique hard drive names and a Training folder already exists on each of their root directories If InterAxcess is located at the root level of the hard drive In this example InterAxcess is on the root level of each Mac s hard drive Figure 9 1 1 From the ETU menu issue the PCTOPC command 2 Enter the p
258. rd JOBD The name of the job description to be used if XLATEFROM is to be placed in a job queue If left blank the XLATEFROM command is executed interactively this is the default When JOBD is specified XLATEFROM will execute SBMJOB command automatically and then release the micro for other work Library The library name containing the job description LIBL is the default FLDDEFFILE When transferring to a new file specify either a source physical file containing physical file data description specifications DDS or RPG source file containing F and I specifications Use the default NONE when translating to existing host files Library The name of the library containing the FLDDEFFILE file LIBL is the default FLDDEFMBR The FLDDEFFILE member name You can enter the member name or one of the following values FILE Transfers the member with the same name as the FLDEFFILE the default value ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 56 FIRST LAST XLATETO Command Parameter description Host data file name file name containing the Library name Host data member name PC data file for use by PC Library name Host member name Add seq date field Type of translation Translation file name Library name Translation table member name Record length File Type Job description Library name Field translation definition Librar
259. ring a file from multiple micros the file name including the path name must be identical on each micro For additional information see About Microcomputer Files in Chapter 3 MICLST1 The device name of the source micro s To transfer a file from more than one micro enter the device name of each You must be authorized to us ach device you specify in the MICLIST1 parameter If you can sign on to the device then you are authorized to use it Enter a plus sign here and press ENTER to display multiple prompts in which to enter the device names Bach micro from which you transfer data must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 12 MICLST2 The device name of the target micro The default REQUESTER transfers multiple files to the micro from which you initiate the command You must be authorized to any device you specify in this parameter or the transfer will fail If multiple files are transferred the files transferred to the target micro have the same name as the device from which they came If the host device name is longer than eight positions the file name on the micro will be in the format XXXXXXXX XX For example a file transferred from a micro with device name Port5 Addr3 to another micro is called PORT5ADD R3 Warning Since ETU automatically assigns the target file names
260. ring versions of OS 400 youi must provide the Target Release Level TGRLS from the SAVOBJ command To access the target release press F10 when prompting the PGMFROM3XB command PGMFROM3XB Example Suppose you have a program on the AS 400 that you want to transfer to the micro The host program is called BETA1 and is in the USER library You will transfer it to a PC file called a betal pgm 1 Choose option 2 from the ETU Main menu The PGMFROM3XB screen displays 2 Enter the name of the PC file at the Qualified file name prompt a betal pgm 3 Enter the host program and library name at the Program name prompt For the program enter betal For the library enter user 4 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER and the program will transfer to the PC ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 13 Transfer Host Programs to the Host The PGMTO3XB command transfers executable host programs from a file on the micro to the host This command transfers only those executable host programs from the micro that were originally transferred to the micro with the PGMFROM3XB command To transfer a host program from a microcomputer supply the name of the microcomputer file that contains the program and the name of the host program and library to receive the fil If the program name USERPGM already exists in the library you specify you will be prompted with this information and as
261. rk fo Then enter the tim the job name and the job descript string the job will be submitted scheduled time If you prompted for the parame display After you define th Cers mmand name that you want to schedule or prompt for the command s parameters llowed by the command name and date at which you want the job to be released ion If you entered th ntire command to the job queue and held until the the command prompt screen will L requ st for the command it is placed in the job queue on hold until th processing SC heduled time when it is released for NOTE In order for the scheduling program JOBSCHED must be active o SBMSCHJOB command in Chapter 10 fo ETU400 User Guide 011603 function to work the job scheduling n the AS 40 subsystem QINTER See the r information on starting JOBSCHED 9 24 Time and Date Scheduling Example Suppose you want to transfer a file to a PC from the host using the PWRFROM3XB command You want this command to run later the same night in batch mode The job name is NIGHT and the job description is QBATCH 1 On the command line enter the ETU command that schedules the job sbmschjob 2 Press F4 The Submit Scheduled Job prompt screen displays 3 Prompt for the command you want to schedule pwrfrom3xb 4 Enter the time that the job will be released to the job queue for the hour 22 for the minute 30 T
262. roughout this guide these computers are referred to as micros When you perform an ETU command that works with a PC or Mac file you will be asked to provide the micro file name The micro file names can contain up to 80 characters including the file path File Formats Because of the various microcomputers supported by ETU the micro file name must follow the format required by the operating system of the attached microcomputer Descriptions of the file name formats for PC DOS and the Apple Mac are listed below Refer to the user guide for your microcomputer s operating system for additional information PC DOS Format drive pathname micro file name ext Example C SUBDIR1 EXAMPLE TXT where drive is Gs pathname is SUBDIR1L micro file name is EXAMPLE TXT The file name may be up to 8 characters long an extension ext is optional and may be up to 3 characters long Apple Mac Format disk pathname micro file name Example APPLEDRIVE FOLDER1 WORKSHEET where disk is APPLEDRIVE pathname is FOLDER1 micro file name is WORKSHEET This example applies to Mac files transferred to one destination See Chapter 9 Advanced ETU Features for information about transferring files to or from multiple Maces NOTE If you enter an ETU command on the command line or in a CL procedure you must place single quote marks around the micro
263. rrent day to release the job The job name The default is JOBD which uses the name of the user s job description for the job name You can use any name for the job up to ten characters The job description The default is QBATCH an IBM supplied job description that uses the job queue of the same name Library The library containing the job description LIBL is the default NOTE The time you specify for the SBMSCHJOB command is the time the job will be released but not necessarily the time the job will be processed The time at which the job is processed depends on the number of jobs ahead of it in the job queue ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 44 STRSEU Command Parameter description Source file Library name Source member Source type to create Text description The STRSEU Start Source used to change or create Source Entry Utility SE source member SEU is pa System For information Application Tools SEU Re SRCFILE The name of Library The na the s defaul SRCMBR The name of created Th Parameter name Parameter values SRCFI1I TRANSSRC PRV file name 1 Gl IBL ibrary name SELECT PRV source member file nam TYPE SAM SRCMBR e TEXT BLANK descriptive text Entry Utility command is the AS 400 command a translation table This command loads the U which creates changes displays or prints a
264. ry Utility CSTRSEU Type choices press Enter Source file QRPGSRC Name PRV Library 00 QGPL Name LIBL CURLIB PRV Source member SAMPLE Name PRV SELECT Source type RPG Name SAME BAS BASP Option BLANK BLANK 2 5 6 Text description BLANK Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys 3 Define the file containing the F amp I specifications by entering the following information and then press Enter Enter QRPGSRC for the source file name QRPGSRC is a system file which contains source for F amp I specs ry GI a ct 0 ry QGPL for the library name QGPL is a system library Enter SAMPLE for the source member nam Enter RPG for the source type The source for F amp I specs is always RPG Text description is an optional field you can use to identify the F amp I source member ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 4 4 When the SEU Edit screen appears see Figure D 3 press F4 to display a data area prompt in which to enter the file specification record The file specification record includes the form type the name of the file being defined the file type the record length and the type of media on which the file will reside To create the file specification record enter the file description specification in the data area prompt at the
265. s 6 Use the translation table member that translates fixed length records from ASCII to EBCDIC Use the default for Translation table file name For the translation table member enter atoel 7 Enter the name of the source file and member that contain the file definition for the new file At the FFD or F amp I prompt enter qddssrc At the member prompt enter sale 8 Enter the microcomputer file name at the Qualified file name prompt c sales january reportl1 doc 9 Once you hav ntered the appropriate information press ENTER to start the command ETU will transfer the data to the host and translate it as you specified ETU400 User Guide 011603 5 6 Transferring Print Files The ETU commands PRTFROM3X and PRTTO3X allow you to transfer print files between the host and the microcomputer Once the file is transferred to the target system you can print it on the target system s printer Mac users The commands PRTFROM3X and PRTTO3X work only with PC DOS and should not be used with the Mac Transferring a Host Spool File to a PC Print File The PRTFROM3X command allows you to transfer a host spool file to a PC so it can be printed on the PC s printer PRTFROM3X performs three functions First it reformats a spool file into a physical file Next it translates the physical file into ASCII so the file can be used on the PC Finally it displays a transfer prompt screen on whi
266. s are sent The default is QPRINT You may enter any valid AS 400 output queue Library The library in which the output queue resides LIBL is a valid library name HOLD Determines whether the audit trail entries are placed on the output queue on hold status or are released to the printer The default YES places th ntries on hold To have the entries go directly to a printer enter NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 A 7 Checking the Audit Trail All ETU transfer operations performed with the above named ETU commands create entries in the audit trail in the QPRINT output queue To view the audit trail display the QPRINT output queue by entering the command WRKOUTQ QPRINT on the AS 400 command line Each ETU audit trail entry is listed in the output queue as ETUADTPP To view an entry enter 5 next to the entry and press ENTER The audit trail for the entry you selected displays The audit trail includes the following information Command Name of the transfer command File name The qualified file name of the file that was transferred Device The name of the device or devices from which or to which the file was transferred Status A two digit code describing the status of the file transfer Possible codes are listed in Table A 1 Table A 2 The ETU Audit Trail Status Messages Status Code Status Message 00 Transfer Successful 01 Unsuccessful Not able t
267. s 128 which is the ETU default Columns 40 through 46 are used to indicate where the F amp I source member will be found DISK means the file will reside on the hard disk of your host system If you enter something incorrectly a message The Type entry is not H F E L I C 0 or U position 6 will appear telling you the position with an illegal value After you press Enter the format specification you ve just created moves to the top of the screen 5 Display the next statement number by typing Il over the first two positions of line statement 0001 00 and pressing Enter When the new statement line is displayed press F4 to display a prompt in which to enter the first input specification Figure D 4 The SEU Edit screen for line 0002 00 Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE PMT F FFilenameIPEAF RLenLK1AIOvKlocEDevice KExit Entry A U1 FK KK K K KK KK KK KKK Beginning of data 2 K 2K 2K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K K OK OK K K KK K K K KK KKK KK KKK KK KKK 0001 00 FSAMPLE IP F 128 DISK 0002 00 KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK End of data KKK K K K K K K OR 2K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK KKK Prompt type Er Sequence number 0002 00 Data area E EE E E E NE NE EE EEE S S ISAMPLE NS ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 6 F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record
268. s below and on the following ribe how to create DDS specs for the file shown on the previous to the AS 400 RPDM on the command line of the AS 400 and then press ENTER PDM screen shown in Figure C 2 appears Select option 3 and R to work with members If you receive an error after this command you may not have the authority Figure C 2 to perform this task see your system administrator The AS400 PDM screen AS 400 Programming Development Manager PDM Select one of the following 1 Work with libraries 2 Work with objects 3 Work with members 9 Work with user defined options Selection or command gt F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel F4 Prompt F9 Retrieve F1 Command entry F18 Change defaults CC COPYRIGHT IBM CORP 1981 1996 ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 4 3 The Select Members screen shown in Figure C 3 appears Type the required data in each prompt as explained in the following instructions and then press ENTER Figure C 3 The Select Members screen Specify Members to Work With Type choices press Enter Filet siais ai HR ie RO it QDDSSRC Name F4 for list Library LIBL LIBL CURLIB name Member Name ALL ALL name generic Type 6 8 eb wi a we Es ALL ALL type generic BLANK F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Type QDDSSRC in the File prompt In the Library prompt type the name of the library in which
269. s not under warranty if you use the Technical Support Contact Form at http www nlynx com html contacttechnicalsupport htm Technical Bulletins for ETU are located at http Awww nlynx com html tb etu htm ETU400 User Guide 011603 2 8 The ETU Compatibility Diskette For Non ES32 Emulation Products When ETU was originally sold there was a compatibility disk that shipped with the product to allow DOS products to run with it Very few PC run in DOS mode anymore so that is no longer included with this product however it is available on our website at http www nlynx com html tb etu36 htm To use this program called IBMTRAN you would install it on the IBM PC from which you run ETU Each time you run ETU you would load IBMTRAN into the PC s memory Who Could Use IBMTRAN You may need to use IBMTRAN if your emulation software is not one of the following Andrew products 3XTwin 3XPlus 3XPlus X 25 3XMate 3XTwin Laptop 3XMate Laptop Multi Twin or MacTwin Additionally products in the NLynx Systems ES 95 family do not need it and products in the NLynx Technologies ES32 family do not need it NOTE IBMTRAN runs only under DOS and isn t intended for use with Windows OS 2 UNIX or the Apple Mac Some emulation products such as protocol converters have their own ETU interface programs If your emulation package includes a program specified as an interface to ETU you should use that progr
270. s the name of the workstation file to receive workstation file name the library members from the AS 400 For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 20 PRNTFRPC Procedure ETU36 PRNTFRPC workstation file name copies printer id forms id cpi lpi align 7 70 LO YES 15 15 NO hold width translate table YE f 198 A ATOE3 NO 132 The PRNTFRPC procedure transfers and translates a PC DOS file and places it on the AS 400 print spool Mac Users Do not run this procedure It is intended for use only with PC DOS workstation file name is the name of the workstation file to be transferred to the AS 400 For additional information see Workstation File Name on page 4 2 copies optional is the number of copies of the report to print on the AS 400 The default is one copy printer id optional is the AS 400 printer id to which the report is to be sent If left blank the entry will default to the valu specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the PRNTFRPC procedure is executed forms id optional is the forms number name on which to print the report If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the PRNTFRPC procedure is executed cpi optional is the characters per inch format for the report If left blank the entry will defaul
271. s you to display function strings that are longer than 20 positions If the function is longer than 20 positions it will appear on the EDTUDF screen followed by an ellipsis reese fo ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 7 FROM3XB Command Parameter description File name Library name Member name SAVE file type Strip seq date file Type of translation Translation file name Library name Member name Record length DDS or F amp I file name Library name Member name Qualified file name Save request definition Request name Display status message The FROM3XB command transfers data from an AS 400 physical optionally file member to a file on according to the specifi Four different types of and TEXT see Chapter 4 FROM3XB Notes below Parameter name FRMFILE FRMMBR SAVTYP STRIP TRANSLATE TRNSFILE TRANSMBR Hy i DDEFFILE FLDDEFMBR QFNAME1 SAVRQS DSPSTSMSG the micro and ed translation translation can Learning About be selected Parameter values host file name translation tabl LIBL library name FILE FIRST LAST A NO or YES N I O or YES EXT or Y NO or NON DIF BASICS TAB RANLATE MACTAB file name LIBL library name ETOAL member name FILE 0 9989 NONE or DDS file name LIBL library name FILE file name micro file name NO or YES name of request NO or YES
272. sary procedures to make the library exist on the remote system PROBLEM Doing TO3XB on a field oriented file There is an error message CPF5029 Data mapping error on member amp 4 CAUSE A data mapping error occurred on member amp 4 file amp 2 in library amp 3 because the data fields in record number amp 6 record format amp 7 member number amp 8 are in error SOLUTION If the record number is zero one of the following is at fault e The error occurred on an attempt to put or update a record through a logical file e The error occurred on a group by operation e The error was caused by a default value e The error was caused by a null value in the record See previously listed message CPF5035 to determine which fields are in error Change the fields that are in error and try the operation again If the record number is not zero the error occurred on an attempt to read an existing record from a file See the previously listed message CPF5035 to determine which physical file fields is in error Then either delete the record from the file or change the data in the fields that are in error Then try your request again CAUSE The AS400 date format is Century format which has 3 digits for the year 2 for the month and 2 for the day The PC is usually month 2 day 12 and year 2001 This would confuse the AS400 and ETU therefore ETU does not understand the data type of L for data type DATE SOLUTION Change
273. se of incorrect data received from the display screen A device other than a PC responding to an ETU command can cause this error A PC with an emulator program that does not support ETU can cause it This error can also occur when using a supported emulator and the operator presses the Enter key rather than Hot Keying to DOS and loading the compatibility program when the Copyright screen is displayed ETU is currently only supported with NLynx Decision Data s ES32 emulation There once was a DOS Compatibility disk with a program called IBMTRAN that enabled any emulation to work This software only works with other DOS software using serial COM ports It is not supported today because the Windows Registry makes this too difficult SOLUTION If you have our ES32 emulation make certain that ETU is enabled Select the Session menu then Properties Select the API tab Make certain there is a check in Enable ETU PROBLEM USR9988 ETU encountered information not identified as part of an ETU process This is sort of a catchall for ETU problems not previously identified and clarified CAUSE Using Reflection software IBMTRAN requires 5250 emulation software Reflection software does VT100 emulation SOLUTION The only emulation supported today is ES32 See htto www nlynx com html products htm Verify that the device is a PC with an ETU compatible emulation product running and then retry the request ETU400 User Guide 0
274. se order receipt acceptance confirmation correspondence or otherwise unless NLynx specifically agrees to the provision in writing Any written or oral information or advice given by NLynx dealers distributors agents or employees will in no way increase the scope of this Agreement nor may You rely on any oral or written communications from any such persons This Agreement can be amended modified or waived only if the change is written and signed by an authorized officer of NLynx ETU400 User Guide 011603 iv Legal Notices This document is for use with the NLynx Technologies ETU 400 product No part of this document may be copied in any form or by any means without prior written consent of NLynx Technologies All software firmware and downloadable operating code described herein or used by the products described herein are copyrighted by and shall remain the property of NLynx Technologies All drawings schematics and artwork used in the manufacture of products described herein are copyrighted Reproduction of said drawings schematics and artwork or manufacture of said products without written consent of NLynx Technologies is absolutely prohibited Warning This product is subject to export controls by the United States Department of Commerce and may not be exported from the U S without prior written permission of the U S Department of Commerce Bureau of Export Administration Microsoft is a registered trademark an
275. sferring Print Files Transferring a Host Spool File to a PC Print File About Host Spool Files Transferring a PC Print File to the Host PRTTO3X Example Transferring Host Programs Transfer Host Programs to a Microcomputer The PGMFROM3XB Command PGMFROM3XB Example Transfer Host Programs to the Host TRANSLATING FILES About This Chapter Why Use the Translation Commands Translation Commands Can Run in Batch Mode Translation Commands Can Be Run From a Host Terminal Translation Commands Reduce Modem Time Translating Data Files Translating a Microcomputer File to a Host Format The XLATEFROM Command XLATEFROM Example Translating a Host File to Microcomputer Format XLATETO Example Translating Print Files Translating PC Print Files The PRTXFRMPC Command PRTXFRMPC Example Translating Host Spool Files The PRTXTOPC Command PRTXTOPC Example WORKING WITH PC FUNCTIONS Rename a Micro File The RENAMEB Command ETU400 User Guide 011603 WWW WwW W 5 1 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 7 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 13 5 14 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 6 5 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 9 6 11 6 11 6 12 RENAMEB Example Figure 7 1 The RENAMEB prompt screen Allocate a Micro File The ALOCATB Command ALOCATB Example Delete an Existing File The DELETEB Command DELETEB Example Test for the Existence of a Micro File The TESTB Command TESTB Example MODIFYING TRANSLATION TA
276. t to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the PRNTFRPC procedure is executed lpi optional is the lines per inch format for the report If left blank the entry will default to the value specified in the configuration of the workstation on which the PRNTFRPC procedure is executed align optional specifies whether a forms alignment halt will be issued on the printer s console for this report The default is NO Hold optional specifies whether the report will be held ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 21 on the print spool until the operator releases it for printing The default is NO width optional specifies the width in columns of the file to be printed Width may be 132 the default or 198 translate table optional specifies the name of the printer translation table you wish to use The default is ATOE3 ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 22 PRNTTOPC Procedure ETU36 PRNTTOPC function spool name xlat file qualifier file size COPYPRIT ALL ETOAL RELEASE 1000 FXXX CANCEL Spoolid TRANSLATE AS 400 label xlat fil dat file siz ETOAL 1000 from window i to window workstation file name 132 The PRNTTOPC procedure translates and transfers print spool reports from the AS 400 to the workstation Mac Users PC DOS Do not run this procedure It is intended for use only with
277. tain this record as an input specification Use columns 44 through 47 to enter the begi field This field starts at position 53 ETU400 User Guide 011603 the letter I which designates nning position of the Salary D 12 Use columns 48 through 51 to enter the ending position of the Salary field This field ends in position 60 Column 52 specifies the decimal places of the numeric field Use column 52 if the field contains numeric data and you would like to specify the number of decimal positions For our example SALARY you will use 2 decimal positions Use columns 53 through 58 to title the field for reference This example calls the field SALARY After you press Enter the input specification you ve just created moves to the top of the screen 13 Display the next statement number by entering Il in the first two positions of the line containing statement 5 and pressing Enter When the new statement line is displayed press F4 to display a prompt in which to enter the input specification 14 The field statement number 0006 00 screen appears Here you will define the third field in the SAMPLE file Enter the data exactly as shown in the data area prompt at the bottom of screen as shown in Figure D 8 and then press ENTER Figure D 8 SEU Edit screen for line 0006 00 Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT F
278. tel mode AS 4o0oo label2 file size 7 retain CREATE 1000 J T ADD AS 4o0oo0o label2 date2 from window to window 1 132 The XLT36PRT procedure translates AS 400 print spool items into an AS 400 file in the workstation print format function spool name AS 400 label1 qualifier date 1 has possible values of COPYPRT or TRANSLATE Selecting COPYPRT indicates that the SSP COPYPRT procedure will be executed and that the print reports will be extracted from the AS 400 print spool prior to translation into a workstation print format Selecting TRANSLATE specifies that an existing COPYPRT file will be translated into the workstation print format is the spool name id of the print reports on the AS 400 print spool Valid entries are the spool id in the form SPxxxx the forms type to be extracted in the form Fxxxx or ALL to extract all print reports Examine the COPYPRT procedure in the AS 400 reference manual for more information on these entries is the label name of the AS 400 COPYPRT print file existing on the AS 400 disk that is to be translated into the PC print format optional is the action to be taken regarding the copied AS 400 spool items after the print reports have been copied RELEASE specifies that the copied print reports are released for printing and will print at the next opportunity CANCEL specifies that the copied spool items are no longer needed and are to be del
279. ter Who Should Use This Guide All users of ETU from the beginning user of the AS 400 to the most advanced user should refer to this guide ETU interfaces directly with the 5251 emulation software running on your microcomputer whether it s an IBM PC an Apple Mac or a UNIX workstation This guide assumes that you have a working knowledge of your microcomputer and the emulation software that resides on it How This Guide is Organized This guide is divided into four parts Each part is briefly described below Part One Getting Started Part One is intended for all users of ETU and should be read prior to installation It lists the items you should have received with ETU the host and microcomputer hardware and software requirements for running ETU and installation instructions Part Two Running ETU Part Two is intended for all users but especially for first time users of ETU It describes the basic concepts and terms used with ETU and the AS 400 In addition it explains the most common ETU commands and provides examples of how to use them Part Three ETU Command Reference Part Three is like a reference guide for ETU It is intended for xperienced users of both ETU and the AS 400 You will find all ETU commands listed in alphabetical order along with the functions and the parameters associated with each command Part Four Appendices The appendices inc
280. terials for a period of 90 days The Software itself IS LICENSED TO YOU ON AN AS IS BASIS If the diskette or other media fails to comply with the warranty set forth above NLynx will replace the diskette or other media You must however return all copies of the Software along with a copy of Your paid invoice to NLynx within 90 days of the date You receive the Software This warranty gives You specific legal rights in some jurisdictions You may have other rights under certain statutes which imply non excludable warranties Except as set out above and to the maximum extent permitted by law A NLYNX MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE T m F py m F a B NLYNX WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INDIRECT OR OTHER SIMILAR DAMAGES EVEN IF NLYNX OR ITS AGENT HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS MEANS NLYNX IS NOT RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OR COSTS INCURRED AS A RESULT OF LOSS OF TIME LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE OR LOSS OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ADDITION NLYNX IS NOT RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OR COSTS I RRED IN CONNECTION WITH OBTAINING SUBSTITUTE SOFTWARE CLAIMS BY
281. ters were used for characters that could not be converted 22 A shift out character was found while converting to a single byte CCSID or a substitution character was found The data could not be converted 23 The data could not be converted from one CCSID to another 24 The data could not be converted from an ASCII CCSID to an EBCDIC CCSID or could not be converted from or to a UCS 2 Universal Coded Character Set CCSID The addition of shift out and shift in characters or the expansion of single byte data to a double byte value caused the converted length to be larger than the maximum length the result could hold If the error occurred on an attempt to read an existing record file amp 2 in library amp 3 identifies the name of the physical file containing the field contributing to the mapping error Otherwise the error occurred on an attempt to put or update a record in a file and the file name identifies the open file that contains the field contributing to the mapping error If the field name is N the field name is not known or is a default value 25 Hash value cannot be computed for the requested query ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 18 SYS MESSAGES These are not ETU messages These are System Messages The exact meaning could probably be traced using F1 on the error message PROBLEM He is doing FROM3X on a file Getting an error message SYS1185 Error User One Member INVOICE file INVOICE in library QS36 not found
282. the maximum representable value 4 A floating point value was less than the minimum representable value 5 A floating point value that is not a number could not be mapped from double to single precision or from single to double precision 6 A floating point value could not be mapped to packed decimal zoned decimal or binary 8 A floating point value that is not a number is not allowed as a key value 9 Division by zero 10 A partial binary key field could not be mapped The length of the key did not include the entire binary field 11 A partial key field could not be mapped The length of the key did not include the entire binary floating point date or timestamp field 12 There is data in a DBCS field that is not valid 13 Group by results could not be determined because no records were selected 14 The length of a variable length field is not valid or the data in a substring variable is not valid 15 A date value is greater than the maximum allowed value 16 A date value is less than the minimum allowed value ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 17 17 The format of the data in a date time or timestamp field is not valid 18 There is data in a date time or timestamp field that is not valid 19 An unexpected null field was found 20 A field that is not null capable could not be set to null 21 The data has been converted from one CCSID to another However substitution charac
283. the names of the host file and the micro file you want to transfer or translate You should be familiar with the following file name parameters Qualified file name The name of the micro file you are transferring data to or from The qualified file name can be up to 80 characters long including the file path See Chapter 3 Using ETU for more information on micro files Host file name The name of the host file that you are transferring data to or from Host file names can be up to ten characters long You must include the name of the host file for all file transfers Host library name The library containing the host file You may include the name of the library or use the default LIBL which searches all libraries in your library list for the host file Host member name The name of a specific member in a host physical file if the physical file contains more than one member You can transfer one specific member by including the member name or you can use the default FILE which transfers the member with the same name as the host file name ETU400 User Guide 011603 4 4 Transferring Data to Host Files When you transfer data to the host you can transfer it to an existing file or to a new file which ETU creates To transfer data to an existing file supply the name of the existing file the library it resides in and the member name The data within the file is defined using the existing file s definition
284. the reason code shown and try the request again 01 Change the library name with an appropriate override files command or create a library CRTLIB command and a file with the appropriate name 02 Change the file name the library name or both the file name and library name with an appropriate override file command 03 Add the library to the library list ADDLIBLE commana or change the file name the library name or both the file name and library name with an appropriate override file command 04 Restore the file RSTOBJ command or change the file name the library name or both the file name and library name with an appropriate override file command 07 Add an inline data file DATA commana or change the file name the library name or both the file name and library name with an appropriate override file command 08 Specify the NO value for the SPOOL parameter on the Override Diskette File OVRDKTF command or add an inline data file DATA command or change the file name the library name or both the file name and library name with an appropriate override file command 10 Change the file name in the distributed data management DDM file with a Change DDM File CHGDDMF command or use the necessary procedures to make the file exist on the remote system 11 Change the library name in the distributed data management DDM file with a Change ETU400 User Guide 011603 E 15 DDM File CHGDDMF command or use the neces
285. tion rget library ready exists then the installation procedure updates target library does not library any existing user files tions attempts to apply any command in which and If you specify an the are saved to library In ETU is to load the new EO 5 0 1s RANHOLD NOTE Versions of ETU prior the libraries PCTRAN and PCT old version of ETU on your system yo Before you start the installation pro e Be sure AS 400 Be sure you no users are accessing ETU e Back up the target library if i a problem arises you can resto condition For existing ETU users Before you users who are signed on to the installation have the ETU400 User Guide 011603 installation of version 5 01 if you do not install the system rea ted and requi ETU Version 5 01 versions no longer have this requirement u can delete lib cedure for existing users of t exists prior to this installation re the library to its original install ane red th xistence of and all subsequent If you do not plan to keep an rary PCTRAN after ETU 5 01 into library PCTRAN You can also delete library PCTRANHOLD without affecting version 5 012 do the following have at least 10MB of disk storage available on your ETU TF ETU make certain that no uding the person performing ETU library in their library list 2 3 1 Sign on to the AS 400
286. tiple Macs Mac File Transfer Examples If InterAxcess is located at the root level of the hard drive If InterAxcess is one or more folders deep Record and File Selection About Creating Auxiliary Storage Pools Transferring Selected Fields Field Selection Example 1 Field Selection Example 2 Transferring Selected Records Record Selection Example 1 Record Selection Example 2 Entry and Exit Programs Example Delete Files After Transfer Saving Request Definitions Re using Request Definitions Performing Batch Transfers Batch Transfer Example Time and Date Scheduling Example ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 1 About This Chapter Most ETU commands allow you to transfer a file interactively b tween th users to go beyond the basic ETU operations The features included in this chapter are part of the ETU power PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB PCFROMPC and PCTOPC The commands PWRFROM3XB and PWRTO3XB provide the same functiona their more basic ETU counterparts FROM3XB and TO3XB In additi power commands provide the following features e Multiple device support Allows you to simultaneously tran file to or from multiple micros with one command e Record and field selection Transfers only the records and you specify from the host to the micro e Entry and exit program support Executes user defined prog within the context of the power command
287. to keep in its current state If you want to replace your current version of ETU and keep the old library name the target library name should be the same as the existing library name Specify NONE if there is no existing library save translations is for users who have modified or created ETU translation tables the files TRANSLATE and MACTAB in versions of ETU prior to 5 01 and wish to keep those translation tables for use with version 5 01 The default is NO which does not keep the ETU400 User Guide 011603 24 old versions since most users do not modify these tables ETU400 User Guide 011603 If you have a version of ETU prior to 5 01 and have modified or created translation tables you must modify the tables further for ETU 5 01 The information below assumes you are familiar with the terminology and steps required to modify the translation tables as defined in the ETU 400 User Guide The host to micro source members for the PC ETOA1 or the Mac ETOAIM or any user defined table that was created using these members must be modified as described below For ETOAL The FROM HEX value 09 must have a TO HEX value of 09 The FROM HEX value OA must have a TO HEX value of OA The FROM HEX value OD must have a TO HEX value of OD For ETOAI1M The FROM HEX value 09 must have a TO HEX value of 09 The FROM HEX value OA must have a TO HEX value of OD The EO
288. to transfer the file over the modem but by translating the file on the host prior to sending it to the micro or after receiving it from the micro you can save both time and money ETU400 User Guide 011603 6 3 Translating Data Files The translation commands XLATEFROM and XLATETO translate files separately from the transfer commands TO3XB and FROM3XB These commands can be initiated from the microcomputer that contains or will contain the file or from any host terminal They can be run interactively or in batch mode To run them interactively leave the JOBD parameter blank There are two ways to submit the commands to batch you can use the AS 400 command SBMJOB or submit the command to batch within the context of the XLATEFROM and XLATETO commands by filling out the JOBD parameter If you use the SBMJOB command leave the JOBD parameter blank Translating a Microcomputer File to a Host Format The XLATEFROM Command The XLATEFROM command translates a data file on the host after the file has been received from the micro with the TO3XB command You can use XLATEFROM only if the TO3XB parameters were coded as shown filetype data srcseq no translate no For more information on the TO3XB command see Chapter 5 Transferring Files and Chapter 10 ETU Command Reference After the file is translated it will be written to a different host file which you specify in the TOFILE parameter The
289. to which you transfer data must be powered on have emulation loaded and have the AS 400 sign on screen displayed Deletes the host file after it has been transferred to the micro NO is the default To delete the file specify YES The use of this parameter is dependent on the user s authority to the host file Must be used to transfer files that were previously transferred to the host with the SAVE file typ The default is NO Specify YES for SAVE file types For source physical file transfers only Specifies whether the first 12 bytes of each record are to be ignored when reading the fil These 12 bytes contain the sequence number and date fields for source physical files The default is NO YES strips first 12 bytes off each record during the file transfer Determines whether the data is to be translated what type of translation is to be performed four translation types and if so ETU supports TEXT Translates the hos This is the defaul file into ASCII text format cy CT DIF Translates the host file into DIF format BASICS Translates the host file into BASIC Sequential format TAB Translates the host file into BASIC Sequential format with tab characters as the field delimiters NONE Indicates that no translation of the host file is to be performed Usually this is used only after the data is translated independently with the XLATETO command
290. tom of screen as shown in Figure D 6 and then press ENTER Figure D 6 SEU Edit screen for line 0004 00 Columns 1 80 Edit QGPL QRPGSRC SEU gt SAMPLE FMT F FFilenameIPEAF RlLenLK1AIOvKlocEDevice KExit Entry A U1 FK K KKK K K KK KK KK KK Beginning of data FK K 2K 2K K K K K K K K OK OK K K K K K K K KK K K K K KK KKK KK KKK KKK KK KK KKK 0001 00 FSAMPLE IP F 128 DISK 0002 00 ISAMPLE NS 0003 00 I 1 17 NAME 0004 00 OBR K K K K K K K K 2K 2K KK K K KK End of data KK K K K K K K K RR K FK FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KKK K K K Prompt type es Sequence number 0004 00 Data area aeger Lette od thes So sectors 4 oe thet Donate eae NO I 18 52 TITLE F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F11 Previous record F12 Cancel F23 Select prompt F24 More keys The Type entry is not H F E L I C 0 or U position 6 Column 6 is the Form Type and must contain the letter I which designates this record as an input specification Use columns 44 through 47 to enter the beginning position of the Job Title field This field starts at position 18 ETU400 User Guide 011603 D 10 Use columns 48 through 51 to enter the ending position of the Job Title field This field ends in position 52 Use columns 53 through 58 to title the field for reference This example calls the field TITLE After you press Enter the input spe
291. transfer operation by creating a logical file or and open query file and transferring those files Transferring Selected Fields When you transfer a physical file from the host to a micro with the PWRFROM3XB command you have the choice of transferring all the fields in the file or using field selection transferring only the fields you select You can also specify the order in which the data will reside in the micro file For each field you select to transfer supply information to the following parameters found under the heading FLDSEL field selection on the PWRFROM3XB prompt screen The parameters are ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 12 Field name Key field Ascending or descending ETU400 User Guide 011603 The name of the field you want to transfer You may transfer Specifies wh up to 25 fields The default ther the field is to be a key field NONE does not re sort the records but rather leaves them in sequential order The field does not have to be an existing key field in the file The total of the key fields cannot exceed 120 characters in length Specifies wh ther the records are sorted in ascending or descending order ASC or DES 9 13 Field Selection Example 1 Suppose there is a file on your host computer that contains information about the employees in your company Each record in the file contains a variety of information about one em
292. translate the file or you can specify that translations not occur The transfer commands are discussed in Chapter 5 Transferring Files Data Translation If you don t translate a file with a transfer command you can translate it later using one of the ETU translation commands There is a translation command that corresponds to each transfer command The ETU commands used to transfer host programs PGMTO3XB and PGMFROM3XB have no corresponding translation commands This is because host programs are never translated to a micro format One reason you might use a translation command is if you are transferring a file to or from a remote micro via a modem Rather than have data translation take place over the phone line the data can be translated more efficiently on the host system For example if you are transferring a file from the host to a remote micro you can first translate the data from any micro or terminal attached to the host using one of the file translation commands When the translation is complete you can then transfer the file to the remote micro with the appropriate file transfer command This reduces the amount of expensive telephone line time used The translation commands are discussed in Chapter 6 Translating Files Other ETU Functions In addition to the transfer and translation commands ETU includes a set of commands that allow you to work with PC files With these commands you can perform
293. types of and TEXT TAB see Chapter or NONE for NOTE DIF BASICS IBM data file be defined in be defined with data data file or with a specifications that d TOFILE The quali micro dat Library The and TA advance of descrip sourc scrib member crea th fied file name of a is to be written name of the libra B translations require that the fields in the the file tion specifications ted with field layouts transfer The fields may DDS associated with the standard RPG F and I of the data file the AS 400 file into which the ry containing the TOFILE The default is LIBL You must specify an existing library ETU400 User Guide 011603 10 48 name if the file is to be created with the TO3XB command MBR The TOFILE member name If the member already exists it will be cleared If the member does not exist it will be added to the file FILE indicates that the member name is the same as the value in the TOFILE parameter os RECL The record length of the TOFILE file to be used in either allocating creating the file or verifying the record length of an existing file A record length of zero can be specified if the file already exists FILETYPE The type of AS 400 file to be created if necessary DATA A physical file is created The valu ntered in RECL is used to create the data file This is the d
294. u transfer the file to the ted into a database application You must also specify a translation type when you are translating files from the micro to the host microcomputer application To specify a translation type T which allows the data ETU strips off the formatting created by the to be used on the host enter the appropriate value at the TRANSLATE parameter in any of the file transfer commands To transfer a file between the host and a micro wi TRANSLATE parameter The four micro formats supported by ASCII Text format TEXT Basic Sequential format BASICS ETU400 User Guide 011603 ASCII Text is a charac th no translation enter NONE at the ETU are explained below ter oriented format Use TEXT with files created with any kind of word processing program or BASIC Sequential forma storing data on the PC field oriented and are programs All fields a text editor t is a standard method of or Mac These files ar created with database re separated by commas and alphabetic fields are surrounded by quotation marks to distinguish them from numeric fields Data in a BASICS format looks similar to that shown below Table 4 3 Example of BASICS data file 9 00 LO111 10119 BLACK DOG 9 00 890101 9 00 LO118 10119 RED DOG 8 00 890301 9 00 LO118 10221
295. ual pay For key field enter KEY1 This tells ETU that the PAYRAT field is a key field with the highest sort priority For ascending or descending enter DES This tells ETU to sort the records in the order of the highest salary to the lowest salary 4 In the second prompt for field name enter EMPNAM For key field enter KEY2 This sorts any employees who earn the same salary in alphabetical order Enter ASC to sort the employees from A to Z ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 15 Transferring Selected Records ETU allows you to transfer selected records from a host file to a file on a micro You select the records to be transferred by creating test cases A test case is a set of criteria you specify within the PWRFROM3XB command You can specify up to 15 test cases If a record meets the criteria of a test case it is transferred For instance if you are transferring th mploy file described earlier you can create a test case that transfers only the records of those employees making more than 20 000 You could describe this test case as follows If the value in the PAYRAT field is greater than 20 000 then transfer the record The PWRFROM3XB command contains four parameters under the heading RECSEL record selection For each test case you create you will supply the relationship the field to be tested the relational operator and the comparison value You can create up to
296. urposes First they transfer files between the micro and the host Second they translate the data so that both systems the host and the micro can use it This chapter discusses ETU translation commands These commands have only one purpose and that is also one of the purposes of the transfer commands to translate the data so that both systems can use it Since the transfer commands can transfer and translate the data you may wonder why the translation commands are necessary There are thr advantages to using the translation commands Translation Commands Can Run in Batch Mode The file transfer commands must be run interactively This means that while the host is processing the ETU command your host session is tied up and can t be used By specifying no translation when you transfer a file you reduce the amount of time it takes for the host to process the command You can translate the file separately in batch mode which frees up your micro to do other tasks Translation Commands Can Be Run From a Host Terminal Another reason for using the translation commands is that they can be run from any host terminal The file transfer commands must be run from the micro Again this frees up your micro for other tasks Translation Commands Reduce Modem Time If your micro communicates with the host through a modem you can Significantly reduce the amount of phone line time if you use the translation commands You still have
297. ution of the command YES NO ETU400 User Guide 011603 Status messages are displayed Status message are not displayed the default 10 3 EDITTABLE Command Parameter name Parameter values Parameter description Source member Source file Library name Translation table file name Library name Translation table member name The EDITTABLE SRCMBR ETOA2 ATOE3 member name SRCFIL I RANSSRC Ed ibrary name RANSLATE MACTAB file name LIBL library name SRCMBR member name T S LIBL dle T TRANSFILI Gl TRANSMBR ETOAIM ETOA2M ATOE1M translation table ETOA3 ATOE1 ource file name command compiles an ETU translation table after you have edited it wi printed th the STRSEU command A listing of the source table is indicating any errors detected The physical file member can then be named as the TRANSMBR parameter in any of the commands involving file translation SRCMBR table PC DOS Tables ETOA1 ETOA2 EBCDIC to ASCII EBCDIC to ASCII table members ar variable length records fixed length records provided with The name of the source member containing the translation The following translat ETU ETOA3 EBCDIC to ASCII suitable for government and banking applications ATOE1 ASCII to EBCDIC variable amp fixed length records ATOE3 ASCII to EBCDIC print
298. workstation file name notify The DELETE procedure deletes a file on the workstation workstation file name The name of the workstation file to be deleted For additional information see Workstation File Name on page notify Specifies whether you should be notified with a halt message if the workstation file is not found in the directory optional If NO is specified the procedure continues without halting When the file is not found and if YES is specified the procedure halts with the message USER 4000 File Not Found In Directory The default value is YES Mac Users The directory dialog box is unavailable for the DELETE option on the ETU36 menu ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 8 EDITABLE Procedure The translation table functions are not provided in the S 36 mode The native mode translate tables provide the required support If you execute the EDITABLE function it calls the native mode ETU command STRSEU used to edit the source member See the STRSEU command in Chapter 10 for more information ETU400 User Guide 011603 G 9 FILEFRPC Procedure ETU36 FILEFRPC workstation file name AS400 label record lenl T 128 reformat xlate file xlate size record len2 TEXT ATOE1 1000 record lenl truncate YES NO ETU36 FILEFRPC workstation file name AS400 label record l
299. xtended view of the request Only 45 characters can be displayed on the screen If the saved request is longer than 45 characters it will be truncated to 45 characters and followed by an ellipsis Option 5 shows th ntire request definition The function key Fl provides an alternative view of the highlighted request It shows the name of the user who created the definition the device from which it was created the creation date and creation time It also lists the name of the user who last changed the definition the workstation from which it was changed and the date and time that the change occurred 9 21 Performing Batch Transfers The ETU transfer commands featured in this chapter PWRFROM3XB PWRTO3XB PCFROMPC PCTOPC can all be run in batch mode from either a microcomputer emulating a 5250 workstation or a dumb terminal To submit one of these commands to batch use the ETU command SBMBATXF Enter SBMBATXFER on the AS 400 command line press F4 and provide the Gl w information described below Figure 9 3 The Submit Batch Transfer prompt screen Submit batch transfer CSBMBATXFER Type choices press Enter Command to submit to batch Name Job name 2 4 JOBD Name JOBD Job description USRPRF Name USRPRF Library name LIBL Name LIBL Job queue QBATCH Name Library name LIBL Name LIBL Hold submitted job
300. y name Member name ETU400 User Guide 011603 Transfers the first member the Transfers the last member the Parameter name F F P P file file RMFILE RMMBR CDATA CMBR SRCSEQ TRANSLATE TRNSFILE T R RANSMBR ECL FILETYPE JOBD E F LDDEFFILE LDDEFMBR arrival sequence in arrival sequence in Parameter values host untranslated data LIBL library name FILE ALL FIRST LAST host file name to contain the translated data LIBL library name FILE member name of PCDATA file NO or YES TEXT or Y DIF BASICS T Gl n TAB RANLAT MACTAB LIBL library name ETOAL ember name FILE 0 9989 DATA SRC blank job description LIBL ibrary name NONE or DDS file name LIBL library name FILE FIRST LAST member name Eal m 10 57 The XLATETO command translates an AS 400 physical file member prior to transferring it to a micro It is intended for use in instances where translation is to occur sometime before the actual transfer with the FROM3XB command for instance on a long distance telephone line in order to keep line costs down This command can be put on the JOBQ with the SBMJOB command in that case do not specify the JOBD parameter This command may be executed from any terminal on t
301. you want to transfer to a PC Before you transfer the file you want to update it with current payroll information by running a program that outputs to the payroll file At the end of the file transfer operation you want to run a program that sends a message notifying the system operator that the file transfer is complete Enter the file transfer and translation information as you would for any file transfer using the PWRFROM3XB command In the ENTRYPGM parameter nter the name of the entry program to be run along with the library in which it resides Do the same for the EXITPGM parameter When you execute the PWRFROM3XB command the following events occur in the order shown e the entry program runs and updates the payroll file e the file is transferred to the PC e the exit program runs sending a message to the system operator ETU400 User Guide 011603 9 18 Deleting Files After Transfer The commands PWRFROM3XB and PWRTO3XB allow users to delete files after the files have been transferred Both commands contain a parameter called DLTFILE If you enter Y in the DLTFILE parameter in the PWRFROM3XB command the host file you are transferring to the micro is deleted after the transfer occurs m n If you do not have the authorization to delete files on the host or if there are logical files attached ETU will not allow you to delete them even if you enter YES in the DLTFILE parameter
302. you would like to store your DDS If you are unsure consult your system administrator This example uses QGPL the general purpose library In the Member Name prompt type SAMPLE Press ENTER ETU400 User Guide 011603 C 5 4 The Work With Members screen shown in Figure C 4 appears Press F6 to create the member Figure C 4 The Work With Members screen Work with Members Using PDM NLRISC File QDDSSRC Library QGPL Position to Type options press Enter 2 Edit 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Print 7 Rename 8 Display description 9 Save 13 Change text 14 Compile 15 Create module Opt Member Type Text BASICTST PF QDSIGNON SAMPLDDS PF sample DDS spec Bottom Parameters or command gt F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F6 Create F9 Retrieve F1 Command entry F23 More options F24 More keys ETU400 User Guide 011603 C4 5 The Start Source Entry Utility SEU a screen shown in Figure C 5 appears Type SAMPLE in the Source member prompt and then press ENTER Figure C 5 The Start Source Entry Utility screen Start Source Entry Utility CSTRSEU Type choices press Enter Source file gt QDDSSRC Library 2 gt QGPL Source member SAMPLE Source type SAME Text description BLANK F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F24 More keys Name Name Name Name PRV LIBL C

Nlynx ETU400 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents